Upload
muhammad-abdur-razzaqe
View
221
Download
0
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 1/210
eRAN
Transport Resource Management
Feature Parameter Description
Issue 01
Date 2015-03-23
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 2/210
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2015. All rights reserved.
No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written
consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Trademarks and Permissions
and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective
holders.
Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the
customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within thepurchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,
and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or
representations of any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Address: Huawei Industrial Base
Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China
Website: http://www.huawei.com
Email: [email protected]
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
i
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 3/210
Contents
1 About This Document.................................................................................................................. 1
1.1 Scope.............................................................................................................................................................................. 1
1.2 Intended Audience..........................................................................................................................................................2
1.3 Change History...............................................................................................................................................................2
1.4 Feature Differences by eNodeB Type.............................................................................................................................3
2 Overview......................................................................................................................................... 5
2.1 Introduction.................................................................................................................................................................... 5
2.2 Benefits...........................................................................................................................................................................6
2.3 Architecture.................................................................................................................................................................... 7
2.4 TRM Algorithms............................................................................................................................................................ 8
2.4.1 Transport Resource Configurations and Mapping.......................................................................................................8
2.4.2 Transport Load Control............................................................................................................................................... 8
2.4.3 Transport Congestion Control..................................................................................................................................... 9
3 Transport Resource Configurations and Mapping...............................................................11
3.1 Overview.......................................................................................................................................................................11
3.2 Physical Ports................................................................................................................................................................11
3.3 Transport Resource Groups.......................................................................................................................................... 12
3.3.1 Transport Resource Group Types.............................................................................................................................. 12
3.3.2 Mapping Rules and Applications.............................................................................................................................. 13
3.3.3 Rate Mode Configurations.........................................................................................................................................14
3.4 IP Paths.........................................................................................................................................................................16
3.5 Endpoints......................................................................................................................................................................16
3.6 DiffServ QoS................................................................................................................................................................ 17
3.6.1 QoS Ob jectives..........................................................................................................................................................17
3.6.2 Mapping Between Service Types and DSCPs...........................................................................................................20
4 Transport Load Control..............................................................................................................24
4.1 Overview...................................................................................................................................................................... 24
4.2 Transport Load Calculation.......................................................................................................................................... 24
4.3 Transport Admission Control....................................................................................................................................... 26
4.3.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................... 26
4.3.2 Admission Control on Transport Resource Groups...................................................................................................26
4.3.3 Admission Control on Physical Ports........................................................................................................................32
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description Contents
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
ii
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 4/210
4.3.4 Configuration Items...................................................................................................................................................32
4.4 Transport Resource Preemption....................................................................................................................................33
4.4.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................... 34
4.4.2 Single-Rate-based Preemption Process..................................................................................................................... 34
4.4.3 Dual-Rate-based Preemption Process........................................................................................................................36
4.4.4 Preemption Scenarios and Configuration Items........................................................................................................ 38
4.5 Transport Overbooking.................................................................................................................................................38
4.5.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................... 39
4.5.2 Transport Resource Group Overbooking...................................................................................................................39
4.5.3 Physical Port Overbooking........................................................................................................................................40
4.6 Transport Load Reporting.............................................................................................................................................41
4.6.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................... 41
4.6.2 Transport Load Reporting Process............................................................................................................................ 42
4.6.3 Configuration Items...................................................................................................................................................42
4.7 Transport Overload Control..........................................................................................................................................43
4.7.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................... 43
4.7.2 Transport Overload Control Process..........................................................................................................................44
4.7.3 Configuration Items...................................................................................................................................................48
4.8 Mapping Between Algorithms and MOs......................................................................................................................49
5 Transport Congestion Control.................................................................................................. 50
5.1 Transport Dynamic Flow Control.................................................................................................................................50
5.2 Transport Differentiated Flow Control.........................................................................................................................51
5.2.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................... 51
5.2.2 Traffic Shaping.......................................................................................................................................................... 52
5.2.3 Queue Scheduling of Transport Resource Groups.................................................................................................... 54
5.2.4 Back-Pressure Algorithm.......................................................................................................................................... 55
5.3 Dynamic Bandwidth Adjustment................................................................................................................................. 57
5.4 IP Performance Monitoring..........................................................................................................................................58
5.5 Mapping Between Algorithms and MOs......................................................................................................................58
6 Application Scenarios.................................................................................................................60
6.1 Different Transport Paths Based on QoS Grade...........................................................................................................61
6.1.1 Overview................................................................................................................................................................... 61
6.1.2 Process of Implementing Different Transport Paths Based on QoS Grade...............................................................61
6.1.3 Configuration Items...................................................................................................................................................62
6.2 User Data Type............................................................................................................................................................. 62
6.3 RAN Sharing................................................................................................................................................................ 63
6.4 Base Station Cascading................................................................................................................................................ 63
7 Related Features...........................................................................................................................64
7.1 Features R elated to LBFD-00300201 DiffServ QoS Support......................................................................................64
7.2 Features R elated to LOFD-00301101 Transport Overbooking.................................................................................... 64
7.3 Features R elated to LOFD-00301102 Transport Differentiated Flow Control.............................................................65
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description Contents
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iii
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 5/210
7.4 Features Related to LOFD-00301103 Transport Resource Overload Control............................................................. 65
7.5 Features Related to LOFD-00301201 IP Performance Monitoring............................................................................. 65
7.6 Features Related to LOFD-00301202 Transport Dynamic Flow Control....................................................................66
7.7 Features Related to LOFD-003016 Different Transport Paths based on QoS Grade...................................................66
8 Network Impact........................................................................................................................... 67
8.1 LBFD-00300201 DiffServ QoS Support......................................................................................................................67
8.2 LOFD-00301101 Transport Overbooking....................................................................................................................67
8.3 LOFD-00301102 Transport Differentiated Flow Control............................................................................................ 67
8.4 LOFD-00301103 Transport Resource Overload Control............................................................................................. 68
8.5 LOFD-00301201 IP Performance Monitoring............................................................................................................. 68
8.6 LOFD-00301202 Transport Dynamic Flow Control....................................................................................................68
8.7 LOFD-003016 Different Transport Paths based on QoS Grade...................................................................................68
9 Engineering Guidelines............................................................................................................. 699.1 When to Use Transport Resource Management........................................................................................................... 70
9.1.1 Transport Resource Configurations and Mapping.....................................................................................................70
9.1.2 Transport Load Control............................................................................................................................................. 71
9.1.3 Transport Congestion Control................................................................................................................................... 72
9.2 Required Information................................................................................................................................................... 72
9.2.1 Transport Bandwidth Planned by Operators..............................................................................................................72
9.2.2 Transport Resource Mapping.....................................................................................................................................72
9.3 Planning........................................................................................................................................................................73
9.4 Overall Deployment Procedure.................................................................................................................................... 73
9.5 Deployment of Transport Resource Configurations and Mapping...............................................................................73
9.5.1 Process.......................................................................................................................................................................73
9.5.2 Requirements.............................................................................................................................................................73
9.5.3 Data Preparation........................................................................................................................................................ 74
9.5.4 Precautions.................................................................................................................................................................87
9.5.5 Hardware Adjustment................................................................................................................................................88
9.5.6 Initial Configuration.................................................................................................................................................. 88
9.5.7 Activation Observation..............................................................................................................................................93
9.5.8 Reconfiguration......................................................................................................................................................... 99
9.5.9 Deactivation...............................................................................................................................................................999.6 Deployment of Transport Load Control..................................................................................................................... 102
9.6.1 Process.....................................................................................................................................................................102
9.6.2 Requirements...........................................................................................................................................................102
9.6.3 Data Pre paration...................................................................................................................................................... 103
9.6.4 Precautions...............................................................................................................................................................111
9.6.5 Hardwar e Adjustment.............................................................................................................................................. 112
9.6.6 Initial Configuration................................................................................................................................................ 112
9.6.7 Activation Observation............................................................................................................................................ 118
9.6.8 Reconfiguration....................................................................................................................................................... 126
9.6.9 Deactivation.............................................................................................................................................................126
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description Contents
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
iv
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 6/210
9.7 Deployment of Transport Congestion Control........................................................................................................... 128
9.7.1 Process.....................................................................................................................................................................128
9.7.2 Requirements...........................................................................................................................................................128
9.7.3 Data Preparation...................................................................................................................................................... 129
9.7.4 Precautions...............................................................................................................................................................135
9.7.5 Hardware Adjustment..............................................................................................................................................135
9.7.6 Initial Configuration................................................................................................................................................ 135
9.7.7 Activation Observation............................................................................................................................................140
9.7.8 Reconfiguration....................................................................................................................................................... 143
9.7.9 Deactivation.............................................................................................................................................................143
9.8 Performance Monitoring.............................................................................................................................................144
9.9 Parameter Optimization..............................................................................................................................................147
9.10 Troubleshooting........................................................................................................................................................147
9.10.1 Transport Load Control......................................................................................................................................... 147
9.10.2 Transport Congestion Control............................................................................................................................... 148
9.10.3 Alarms................................................................................................................................................................... 149
10 Parameters.................................................................................................................................150
11 Counters.................................................................................................................................... 194
12 Glossary.....................................................................................................................................203
13 Reference Documents.............................................................................................................204
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description Contents
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
v
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 7/210
1 About This Document
1.1 Scope
This document describes resource management for transport, including its technical
principles, related features, network impact, and engineering guidelines. This document
covers the following features:
l LBFD-003002 Basic QoS Management
l LBFD-00300201 DiffServ QoS Support
l LOFD-003011 Enhanced Transmission QoS Management
l
LOFD-00301101 Transport Overbookingl LOFD-00301102 Transport Differentiated Flow Control
l LOFD-00301103 Transport Resource Overload Control
l LOFD-00301202 IP Active Performance Measurement
l LOFD-003016 Different Transport Paths based on QoS Grade
This document applies to the following types of eNodeBs.
eNodeB Type Model
Macro 3900 series eNodeB
Micro BTS3202E
LampSite DBS3900 LampSite
Any managed objects (MOs), parameters, alarms, or counters described herein correspond to
the software release delivered with this document. Any future updates will be described in the
product documentation delivered with future software releases.
This document applies only to LTE FDD. Any "LTE" in this document refers to LTE FDD,
and "eNodeB" refers to LTE FDD eNodeB.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 1 About This Document
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
1
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 8/210
1.2 Intended Audience
This document is intended for personnel who:
l Need to understand the features described herein
l Work with Huawei products
1.3 Change History
This section provides information about the changes in different document versions. There are
two types of changes:
l Feature change
Changes in features and parameters of a specified version as well as the affected entities.
l Editorial change
Changes in wording or addition of information and any related parameters affected by
editorial changes. Editorial change does not specify the affected entities.
eRAN 8.1 01 (2015-03-23)
This issue does not include any changes.
eRAN8.1 Draft A (2015-01-15)
Compared with 01 (2014-04-26) of eRAN FDD 7.0, Draft A (2015-01-15) of eRAN8.1
includes the following changes.
ChangeType
Change Description ParameterChange
AffectedEntities
Feature
change
Supported the co-IP transmission between
the X2 and eX2 interfaces and modified
the following sections:
4 Transport Load Control
5.2.4 Back-Pressure Algorithm
None Macro
Micro
Editorial
change
Added the impact of the back-pressure
algorithm on the scheduling weight of
transport resource groups in 5.2.4 Back-
Pressure Algorithm.
None -
Revised 9.1.1 Transport Resource
Configurations and Mapping.
None -
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 1 About This Document
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
2
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 9/210
ChangeType
Change Description ParameterChange
AffectedEntities
Revised 9.7.3 Data Preparation. Added the
following
parameters:
RSCGRPAL
G .TXBWAM
IN
RSCGRPAL
G . RXBWAM
IN
-
1.4 Feature Differences by eNodeB Type
Feature Support by Macro/Micro/LampSite eNodeBs
Feature ID Feature Name Supportedby MacroeNodeBs
Supportedby MicroeNodeBs
Supportedby LampSiteeNodeBs
LBFD-003002 Basic QoS
Management
Yes Yes Yes
LBFD-003002
01
DiffServ QoS
Support
Yes Yes Yes
LOFD-003011 Enhanced
Transmission QoS
Management
Yes Yes Yes
LOFD-003011
01
Transport
Overbooking
Yes Yes Yes
LOFD-003011
02
Transport
Differentiated Flow
Control
Yes Yes Yes
LOFD-00301103
Transport ResourceOverload Control
Yes Yes Yes
LOFD-003012
02
IP Active
Performance
Measurement
Yes Yes Yes
LOFD-003016 Different Transport
Paths based on QoS
Grade
Yes No Yes
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 1 About This Document
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
3
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 10/210
Feature Implementation in Macro/Micro/LampSite eNodeBs
Feature Difference
Different Transport
Paths based onQoS Grade
This feature is supported differently by different types of eNodeBs.
l Macro and LampSite eNodeBs support this feature, and the
IPPATHRT MO needs to be configured.
l Micro eNodeBs do not support this feature.
For details about this feature, see 6.1 Different Transport Paths
Based on QoS Grade, 9.3 Planning, 9.5.3 Data Preparation, 9.5.6
Initial Configuration, 9.5.7 Activation Observation, and 9.5.9
Deactivation.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 1 About This Document
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
4
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 11/210
2 Overview
2.1 Introduction
Transport resources are one type of multiple resources on the radio access network. Transport
resources in LTE mainly include transport bandwidths over S1, X2, and eX2 interfaces, which
are logical interfaces. S1 interfaces consist of S1-C (also known as S1-MME) and S1-U
interfaces. An S1-C interface connects an eNodeB and a mobility management entity (MME)
and transmits control plane information. An S1-U interface connects an eNodeB and a serving
gateway (S-GW), and transmits user plane information. Figure 2-1 shows the logical
architecture of S1/X2 interfaces.
Figure 2-1 Logical architecture of S1, X2, and eX2 interfaces
An X2 interface is set up between two neighboring eNodeBs and has both control-plane and
user-plane information to exchange between the eNodeBs.
An eX2 interface is set up between two eNodeBs to carry coordination data between them
(excluding the coordination data carried on the X2 interface).
TRM manages S1, X2, and eX2 transport bandwidths.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 2 Overview
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
5
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 12/210
Table 2-1 provides the QoS requirements by the S1 interface for the transport network.
Table 2-1 QoS requirements by the S1 interface for the transport network
QoS Requirement Optimal Value Recommended Value
Unidirectional delay (ms) 5 10
Unidirectional jitter (ms) 2 4
Packet loss rate 1.0 x 10-6 1.0 x 10-5
Table 2-2 provides the QoS requirements by the X2 interface for the transport network.
Table 2-2 QoS requirements by the X2 interface for the transport network
QoS Requirement Optimal Value Recommended Value
Unidirectional delay (ms) 10 20
Unidirectional jitter (ms) 4 7
Packet loss rate 1.0 x 10-6 1.0 x 10-5
Table 2-3 provides the QoS requirements by the eX2 interface for the transport network.
Table 2-3 QoS requirements by the eX2 interface for the transport network
QoSRequirement
Centralized CloudBB (Ideal Backhaul)
DistributedCloud BB (IdealBackhaul)
Coordination overRelaxed Backhaul
Unidirectional
delay (us)
≤10 ≤130 ≤4000
Packet loss rate 1.0 x 10-3 1.0 x 10-3 1.0 x 10-3
NOTE
l Optimal value: indicates the QoS requirements for supporting all services, including IMS signaling,
video calls, voice calls, and packet data. A better performance is provided when the actual QoS
value of the transport network is closer to the optimal value.
l Recommended value: indicates the QoS requirements for supporting coordination data over the eX2
interface and the packet data services with a QoS class identifier (QCI) of 1, 2, 3, or 7.
2.2 Benefits
Based on the transport resource configurations and mapping, the TRM algorithms implementtransport load control and transport congestion control. Specifically, the TRM algorithms can
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 2 Overview
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
6
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 13/210
use measures such as admission, preemption, overload control, and flow control to meet QoS
requirements of different services in different transport load scenarios, thereby providing
differentiated services for different users and ensuring user fairness. These measures are taken
based on the physical transport bandwidths of the S1, X2, and eX2 interfaces, bandwidths
configured for different transport resource groups, and IP paths or endpoints mapped from
transport resource groups.
2.3 Architecture
TRM algorithms are categorized into:
l Transport resource configurations and mapping
l Transport load control
l Transport congestion control
TRM algorithms are closely related to radio resource management (RRM) algorithms,
including the uplink radio resource scheduling algorithm and radio interface load balancing
algorithm. The TRM and RRM algorithms use the same control policies.
Figure 2-2 shows the categories of TRM algorithms.
Figure 2-2 Categories of TRM algorithms
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 2 Overview
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
7
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 14/210
2.4 TRM Algorithms
2.4.1 Transport Resource Configurations and Mapping
Transport resource configurations and mapping are fundamental to TRM. The configurations
and mapping are described as follows:
l Transport resource configurations
Physical ports, transport resource groups, and IP paths or endpoints are configured to
help implement more accurate bandwidth management.
l Mapping between services and transport resources
Services are carried on physical ports and transport resource groups. This mapping is
implemented by mapping service types to differentiated service code points (DSCPs)
based on transmission requirements. This mapping helps determine transmission priorities for transmission differentiation.
2.4.2 Transport Load Control
Transport load control enables the eNodeB to provide differentiated services (DiffServ) to
different users and ensure fair allocation of resources among users when transport resources
are limited. To improve transport bandwidth efficiency and network capacity, transport load
control also enables the eNodeB to control the policies for allocating transport bandwidths
without affecting service quality.
Before performing transport load control, the eNodeB calculates the transport loads involved,
that is, the minimum bandwidth required for the services with specific QoS requirements, based on the actual traffic or reserved bandwidths.
Transport load control consists of the following functions:
l Transport admission control
Transport admission control enables the eNodeB to apply different admission policies to
different types of services to ensure the transmission quality of ongoing services and
increase the admission success rate for high-priority services. The eNodeB supports
transport admission control on transport resource groups and physical ports.
l Transport resource preemption
Transport resource preemption allows higher-priority services to preempt lower-priorityservices. This ensures the access success rate of high-priority services.
l Transport overbooking
Transport overbooking allows the sum of the maximum rates of all admitted services to
exceed the total transport bandwidth, maximizing the number of services admitted.
Transport overbooking supports physical ports and transport resource groups.
l Transport load reporting
When an eNodeB needs to exchange MLB information with other eNodeBs, the
transport layer reports the load status to the radio interface load balancing algorithm,
which then sends the information to other eNodeBs over the X2 interface for load
balancing.
l Transport overload control
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 2 Overview
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
8
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 15/210
When a network is overloaded, transport overload control releases the resources of low-
priority services to ensure the quality and transmission stability of high-priority services.
2.4.3 Transport Congestion Control
Transport congestion control improves the quality of the transport network when the quality
fluctuates frequently. Transport congestion control involves transport differentiated flow
control and transport dynamic flow control. Table 2-4 describes the usage scenarios for
transport congestion control and algorithms used to implement transport congestion control.
Table 2-4 Usage scenarios for transport congestion control and corresponding algorithms
UsageScenario
Level 1Algorithm
Level 2Algorithm
Description
Congestion on
the interface
boards in aneNodeB
Transport
differentiated flow
control
Traffic shaping Traffic shaping covers
transport resource groups
and physical ports. Byusing traffic shaping, TX
traffic in the uplink is
limited to the configured
bandwidth.
Physical port
scheduling
The ports use Weighted
Round Robin (WRR) for
resource scheduling to
ensure fairness and
differentiation among
weighted transport resource
groups.
Scheduling on
transport resource
groups
Both priority queuing (PQ)
scheduling and non-PQ
scheduling are used for
each queue in a transport
resource group. In non-PQ
scheduling mode, WRR is
used.
Back-pressure Back-pressure
preferentially schedules
non-flow-controllableservices to ensure their
service quality and limits
the rates of non-real-time
services to differentiate
bandwidth allocation
among non-real-time
services.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 2 Overview
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
9
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 16/210
UsageScenario
Level 1Algorithm
Level 2Algorithm
Description
Congestion in
the network
outside an
eNodeB
Transport dynamic
flow control
IP PM IP PM monitors end-to-end
network performance to
obtain network quality
information such as traffic
volume, packet loss rate,
and delay variation. IP PM
enhances system
maintainability and
testability and improves
system performance.
Dynamic
bandwidth
adjustment
Dynamic bandwidth
adjustment estimates the
bottleneck bandwidth and
sends the bandwidth
information to the transport
differentiated flow control
algorithm and transport
admission control
algorithm.
Implementing transport dynamic flow control can cause bandwidth change to each transport
resource group, which may lead to congestion in the eNodeB interface boards. Therefore,
transport differentiated flow control must be implemented along with transport dynamic flowcontrol.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 2 Overview
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
10
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 17/210
3 Transport Resource Configurations and
Mapping
3.1 Overview
TRM involves configurations of transport resources including physical ports, transport
resource groups, IP paths, and endpoints. TRM aims to provide differentiated services by
implementing configurations and management of transport resources based on service QoS
requirements.
The relationships among the objects to be configured for TRM are as follows:
l A transport resource group can be mapped to only one physical port while a physical port can contain multiple transport resource groups.
l When IP paths are configured, the eNodeB works in link mode. When endpoints are
configured, the eNodeB works in endpoint mode.
– In link mode, an IP path can be configured in only one transport resource group,
while a transport resource group can contain multiple IP paths.
– In endpoint mode, one endpoint group can only be added to one transport resource
group of a physical port; similarly, one peer endpoint can only be added to one
transport resource group of a physical port.
NOTE
For details about link and endpoint modes, see S1/X2 Self-Management Feature Parameter Description and eX2 Self-Management Feature Parameter Description.
3.2 Physical Ports
The physical ports of an eNodeB are the FE/GE, E1/T1, and 10GE ports on the LMPT,
UMPT, and UCCU. For details, see S1/X2 Self-Management Feature Parameter Description
and USU3910-based Multi-BBU Association Feature Parameter Description.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 3 Transport Resource Configurations and Mapping
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
11
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 18/210
3.3 Transport Resource Groups
If physical ports are configured, the eNodeB can start working and process services. However,
it may encounter problems in transport bandwidth management in the following situations:
l In a mesh network, a physical port of an eNodeB is connected to multiple nodes such as
a mobility management entity (MME), an S-GW, and another eNodeB. The bandwidths
of these nodes are not shared. To address this problem, the bandwidths are separately
managed for each node.
l When base stations are cascaded, the data of a base station and the data forwarded by
this base station to/from lower-level base stations share the same physical port. To ensure
bandwidth allocation fairness between the two types of data, the bandwidths are
separately managed for each type of data.
l In RAN sharing mode, multiple operators share the bandwidths of an eNodeB. To
achieve dynamic bandwidth sharing and ensure fair allocation of bandwidth among theoperators, the bandwidths are separately managed for each operator.
To meet the requirements in the preceding situations, transport resource groups are configured
for eNodeBs. When transmitted from a service processing board to an interface board, a data
stream first enters a transport resource group and then enters a physical port.
A transport resource group carries a set of data streams, which may include:
l Local data
This type of data involves the control plane, user plane, operation and maintenance
(OM), and IP clock services.
l Passing-by data
This type of data does not differentiate the control plane and user plane.
The eNodeB manages transport bandwidths based on transport resource groups by means of
bandwidth configuration, admission control, and flow control.
3.3.1 Transport Resource Group Types
Traffic shaping, admission control, and flow control can be performed on transport resource
groups.
Transport resource groups are classified into the following types:
l Default transport resource group
Each physical port has a default group. Users do not need to create the default group.
Users can modify the properties of a default transport resource group.
l Dedicated transport resource group
This type of group is created by users. The RSCGRP. PT parameter specifies the number
of a physical port. Each dedicated group corresponds to only one physical port.
Users can set the single-rate mode or dual-rate mode for default and dedicated transport
resource groups. In single-rate mode, users can configure transmit and receive bandwidths by
setting the RSCGRP.TXBW and RSCGRP. RXBW parameters, respectively. In dual-ratemode, users can configure the CIR and PIR, as described in Table 3-1.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 3 Transport Resource Configurations and Mapping
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
12
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 19/210
Table 3-1 Dual-rate configuration
Rate Mode Description Parameter
CIR Committed information rate RSCGRP.TXCIR and
RSCGRP. RXCIR
PIR Peak information rate, which is greater than
or equal to the CIR
RSCGRP.TXPIR and
RSCGRP. RXPIR
NOTE
If the default transport resource group is used and the properties of the group are not manually modified,
the group implements scheduling and traffic shaping based on the bandwidth that actually takes effect.
3.3.2 Mapping Rules and ApplicationsAfter being configured, transport resource groups must be mapped to data flows. The
mapping rules are as follows:
l Local user plane data uses either the default or dedicated group.
– If the link mode is required, users can add an IPPATH MO to specify a transport
resource group for local user plane data.
– If the endpoint mode is required, users can run the ADD EP2RSCGRP command
to specify a transport resource group for local user plane data.
l Control plane, OM, IP clock, and passing-by data use the default group if the group type
is not specified. Users can also configure dedicated groups for these data types based on
the destination IP addresses by running the ADD IP2RSCGRP command. In this case,
the dedicated groups implement only traffic shaping but no admission control or flow
control.
The same transport resource group can be allocated to both the S1 interface and the X2
interface.
In cloud BB scenarios, it is recommended that the eX2 interface be mapped to a transport
resource group different than that for the S1/X2 interface. This way, the eNodeB can ensure
the bandwidth allocation fairness between the eX2 and S1/X2 interfaces by scheduling
different transport resource groups. If the eX2 and S1/X2 interfaces share a transport resource
group, data over the eX2 interface will preempt the bandwidth occupied by data over the
S1/X2 interface when the uplink transport bandwidth is limited.
An eNodeB cannot implement flow control on passing-by data in co-transmission scenario. If
local data and passing-by data share a transport resource group, the passing-by data preempts
the bandwidth occupied by the local data when the uplink transport bandwidth is limited.
Therefore, it is recommended that different transport resource groups be specified for local
data and passing-by data. Then, the eNodeB can ensure the bandwidth allocation fairness
between local data and passing-by data by scheduling different transport resource groups.
In RAN sharing mode, the eNodeB implements uplink bandwidth sharing by mapping each
operator to a transport resource group.
The method used for scheduling the transport resource groups of a physical port depends onthe rate mode, as described in Table 3-2.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 3 Transport Resource Configurations and Mapping
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
13
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 20/210
Table 3-2 Methods for scheduling the transport resource groups of a physical port
Rate Mode Scheduling WeightSwitch Setting
Scheduling Method
Single-rate mode GTRANSPARA. LPS CHSW is set to
ENABLE(Enable).
WRR is used. The WRR weight of atransport resource group is equal to
the scheduling weight specified by
RSCGRP.WEIGHT for this group.
GTRANSPARA. LPS
CHSW is set to
DISABLE(Disable) .
WRR is used. The WRR weight is
positively correlated with
RSCGRP.TXBW .
Dual-rate mode Not involved The WRR scheduling procedure is
as follows:
l WRR schedules transport
resource groups whose TX CIR is not satisfied. The WRR
weight is positively correlated
with RSCGRP.TXCIR.
l WRR schedules transport
resource groups whose TX CIR
is satisfied. The WRR weight is
equal to the value of
RSCGRP.WEIGHT .
3.3.3 Rate Mode Configurations
The eNodeB supports both single-rate and dual-rate modes. Users can select a rate mode by
setting the GTRANSPARA. RATECFGTYPE parameter. Table 3-3 describes the
configurations of these rate modes.
Table 3-3 Configurations of the rate modes
ConfigurationItem
Single-Rate Mode Dual-rate Mode
Bandwidth mode TX bandwidth specified by
the RSCGRP.TXBW
parameter and RX
bandwidth specified by the
RSCGRP. RXBW
parameter
l TX CIR bandwidth specified by
the RSCGRP.TXCIR parameter
and TX PIR bandwidth specified
by the RSCGRP.TXPIR
parameter
l RX CIR bandwidth specified by
the RSCGRP. RXCIR parameter
and RX PIR bandwidth specified
by the RSCGRP. RXPIR
parameter
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 3 Transport Resource Configurations and Mapping
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
14
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 21/210
ConfigurationItem
Single-Rate Mode Dual-rate Mode
Configuration
requirement
None l The RSCGRP.TXCIR value of
each transport resource group is
less than or equal to the
RSCGRP.TXPIR parameter.
l The RSCGRP. RXCIR value of
each transport resource group is
less than or equal to the
RSCGRP. RXPIR parameter.
l The sum of the RSCGRP.TXCIR
values of all the transport resource
groups is less than or equal to the
bandwidth of the physical port.
The bandwidth of the physical port
is the smaller value between the
actual rate of the physical port and
the LR .CIR value.
l The sum of the RSCGRP. RXCIR
values of all the transport resource
groups is less than or equal to the
bandwidth of the physical port.
The bandwidth of the physical port
is the smaller value between the
actual rate of the physical port and
the LR . DLCIR value.
Method for
scheduling
transport resource
groups
For details, see Table 3-2. For details, see Table 3-2.
Traffic shaping
method
Traffic shaping is based on
RSCGRP.TXBW .
Traffic shaping is based on
RSCGRP.TXPIR.
Transport load
control method
The sum of the transport
loads of all services using
the same transport resource
group does not exceed the
rate of this group.
l The sum of the transport loads of
all non-flow-controllable services
using the same transport resource
group does not exceed the CIR
bandwidth of this group.
l The sum of the transport loads of
all services using the same
transport resource group does not
exceed the CIR bandwidth of this
group.
If the eNodeB works in dual-rate mode, the dual-rate mode bandwidths can better match
actual bandwidths. To prevent packet loss on the transport network, this mode also ensures
that the total bandwidth used by non-flow-controllable services does not exceed the CIR.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 3 Transport Resource Configurations and Mapping
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
15
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 22/210
3.4 IP Paths
If the eNodeB needs to work in link mode, IP paths must be configured to carry local user-
plane data and specific transport resource groups must be allocated for the user-plane data.
IP paths are classified into two types based on whether DSCPs are considered, as described in
Table 3-4.
Table 3-4 IP path
DSCPs Are Considered IP Path Type Description
No ANY This type of IP path is
defined based on the local
IP address
(IPPATH. LOCALIP ) and peer IP address
(IPPATH. PEERIP ) of
packets.
Yes FIXED This type of IP path is
defined based on the local
IP address
(IPPATH. LOCALIP ), peer
IP address
(IPPATH. PEERIP ), and
DSCPs of packets.
The following parameters are used to add an IP path and assign it to a transport resource
group:
l IPPATH. LOCALIP : local IP address
l IPPATH. PEERIP : peer IP address
l IPPATH. PATHTYPE : IP path type, ANY(Any QoS) or FIXED(Fixed QoS)
l IPPATH. DSCP : value of DSCP, which is useful when IPPATH. PATHTYPE is set to
FIXED(FIXED QOS)
l IPPATH. RSCGRPID: ID of the transport resource group to which the IP path isassigned. Note that each IP path can be assigned to only one group. This parameter takes
effect only when the IPPATH. JNRSCGRP parameter is set to ENABLE(Enable).
When the IPPATH. JNRSCGRP parameter is set to DISABLE(Disable), the IP path is
assigned to the default transport resource group.
Any two IP paths cannot have the same combination of IPPATH. LOCALIP ,
IPPATH. PEERIP , and IPPATH. DSCP .
3.5 Endpoints
An endpoint is used to set up a transport link in endpoint mode. The source port of anendpoint is configured in MOs such as SCTPHOST, SCTPPEER , USERPLANEHOST,
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 3 Transport Resource Configurations and Mapping
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
16
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 23/210
and USERPLANEPEER . Control-plane and user-plane transport links can be automatically
set up at the local end using the destination port information included in a signaling message
and the source port information. For details, see S1/X2 Self-Management Feature Parameter
Description.
3.6 DiffServ QoS
3.6.1 QoS Objectives
Service Quality Requirements
The interface boards of the eNodeB transmit the data for the following services:
l Control plane and user plane services on the S1, X2, and eX2 interfaces
For details, see 3GPP TS 23.401 and eX2 Self-Management Feature Parameter Description.
l Operation and maintenance (OM) services
l IP clock services
l Co-transmission services (bypass data flows)
Table 3-5 describes the quality requirements for these services.
Table 3-5 Service quality requirements
Service Type Quality Requirement Description
User
plane
servi
ces
Real-
time
services
GBR
services
with a QCI
of 1 to 4
The required bandwidths
must be guaranteed.
The packet loss rate must
be controlled and increased
delay due to high buffer
data volumes must be
avoided. If not, service
quality may deteriorate
significantly. For details,
see 3GPP TS 23.401.
Non-flow-
controllable
services in
non-GBR
services,
including
services
with a QCIof 5 by
default
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 3 Transport Resource Configurations and Mapping
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
17
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 24/210
Service Type Quality Requirement Description
Non-
real-
time
services
Flow-
controllable
services in
non-GBR
services,
including
services
with a QCI
of 6 to 9 by
default
Min_GBR must be
guaranteed.
It is specified by thefollowing parameters:
StandardQci.UlMinGbr ,
ExtendedQci.UlMinGbr ,
StandardQci. DlMinGbr
and
ExtendedQci. DlMinGbr
When the bandwidth
resource is insufficient,
service throughput can be
decreased and data can be
buffered with the basic
quality of non-real-time
services guaranteed.
Control plane services Related data must be
preferentially transmitted.
Traffic volumes are low,
but these services are
closely related to network
KPIs. Therefore, related
data must be preferentially
transmitted and packet loss
must be prevented.
OM
servi
ces
Man-machine language
(MML) services
Related data must be
preferentially transmitted.
Traffic volumes are low.
Therefore, the transport
bandwidth must be
preferentially guaranteed.
File Transfer Protocol
(FTP) services
The priority of this service
type is lower than those of
other service types.
Related traffic volumes
fluctuate. The minimum
bandwidth must be
guaranteed.
IP
clock
servi
ces
Clock packets and
related control packets
Related data must be
preferentially transmitted.
Traffic volumes are low.
Therefore, the transport
bandwidth must be
preferentially guaranteed.
Passing-by data services The eNodeB schedules passing-by data based on DSCPs.
NOTE
The ExtendedQci.FlowCtrlType parameter can be set for services with extended QCIs. For details
about flow-controllable services with extended QCIs, see section 6.2 User Data Type.
In this document, a user plane service refers to a service carried on an evolved universal
terrestrial radio access network (E-UTRAN) radio access bearer (E-RAB). For details, see
3GPP TS 36.300. The MME informs the eNodeB of the QoS attributes of each user plane
service over the S1 interface. The QoS attributes include: QCI, ARP, GBR, and MBR/UE-
AMBR. MBR stands for maximum bit rate (MBR). UE-AMBR stands for user equipment -
aggregate maximum bit rate.
Capacity Requirements
The capacity requirements are as follows:
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 3 Transport Resource Configurations and Mapping
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
18
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 25/210
l The system ensures service quality while admitting as many services as necessary, but
does not affect service quality.
l The system prevents congestion while providing as high throughput as necessary for
bursts of non-real-time services by efficiently using bandwidths.
Differentiated Service Requirements
DiffServ is an important technique for ensuring the quality of IP transmissions. TRM provides
different service types with different quality guarantee measures. The eNodeB can select
different types of transport bearers and transmission priorities for different types of services.
Table 3-6 describes the DiffServ requirements for different types of services.
Table 3-6 DiffServ requirements for different types of services
Control Type Service Type DiffServRequirement
ServiceDescription
Flow-controllable
services
Non-real-time
services
When the required
uplink transport
bandwidth exceeds
the total available
bandwidth, the
available bandwidth
must be
preferentially
allocated to non-
flow-controllable
services. The
remaining bandwidth is then
allocated to flow-
controllable services
based on weight
factors.
Traffic volumes
fluctuate
significantly.
OM FTP services These services have
lower priorities than
other services. The
minimum
bandwidths or basic
resources must beguaranteed for these
services.
-
eX2 services The DiffServ
priority of the S1-U
or X2-U is higher
than that of the eX2-
U.
-
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 3 Transport Resource Configurations and Mapping
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
19
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 26/210
Control Type Service Type DiffServRequirement
ServiceDescription
Non-flow-
controllable services
Real-time services When the required
uplink transport
bandwidths exceed
the total available
bandwidth, the
available bandwidth
must be
preferentially
allocated to real-
time services.
The total traffic
volume fluctuates
insignificantly when
multiple services are
admitted.
Control plane
services
Related data must be
preferentially
transmitted during
network congestion
to ensure low packet
loss rates and short
delays.
-
OM MML services
IP clock services
3.6.2 Mapping Between Service Types and DSCPs
This section describes the following features:
l LBFD-003002 Basic QoS Management
lLBFD-00300201 DiffServ QoS Support
IP-based transmission is implemented over both the S1 and X2 or eX2 interfaces. For IP-
based transmission over the S1 and X2 interfaces, see 3GPP TS 23.401. For IP-based
transmission over the eX2 interface, see eX2 Self-Management Feature Parameter
Description. To ensure the IP transmission quality, the DiffServ technique is introduced. By
using DiffServ, the eNodeB informs each router on a transport path of quality requirements,
which are indicated in the DSCP field in the IP packet header. The DSCP value ranges from 0
to 63. A larger DSCP value indicates a higher scheduling priority for the packet. Figure 3-1
shows the structure of the DSCP field in an Internet Protocol version 4 (IPv4) packet.
Figure 3-1 Structure of the DSCP field in an IPv4 packet
Services are classified and flow control is performed based on the quality requirements for theservices before they are processed in the transport network. In addition, the DSCP field in
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 3 Transport Resource Configurations and Mapping
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
20
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 27/210
each IP packet is set at the same time. Based on the DSCP field, the QoS mechanism
identifies each type of service and its quality requirements in the network. Also based on the
DSCP field, most of the nodes in the network perform resource allocation, queue scheduling,
and packet discarding, which are collectively called Per Hop Behaviors (PHBs).
To meet the requirements for DiffServ QoS and effectively take advantage of the DiffServfeature of the transport network, the eNodeB sets the DSCP in the DSCP field for each uplink
IP packet transmitted over the S1, X2, or eX2 interface based on the quality requirements for
each service. In the downlink, the evolved packet core (EPC) sets the DSCP fields in IP
packets.
The DiffServ priority policies over the eX2 interface are as follows:
l The eX2-C is carried by SCTP links and has the same priority as the S1-U or X2-C.
l Different eX2-U service types use three different priorities, which correspond to QCI 4,
8, and 9, respectively.
l Large-traffic eX2 services use the priority corresponding to QCI 9 to ensure that the priority of S1-U or X2-U is higher than that of eX2-U.
According to the mapping between service types and DSCPs, the eNodeB implements
different DiffServ priorities for service packets transmitted by the eNodeB interface board.
Table 3-7 lists the default mapping between service types and DSCPs.
Table 3-7 Default mapping between service types and DSCPs
Service Type QCI Resource Type DSCP
S1-U/X2-U 1 GBR 46
2 34
3 34
4 34
5 Non-GBR 46
6 18
7 18
8 18
9 0
eX2-U 4 - 34
8 - 18
9 - 0
S1-C/X2-C/eX2-C
(SCTP)
- - 48
OM (MML) - - 46
OM (FTP) - - 18
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 3 Transport Resource Configurations and Mapping
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
21
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 28/210
Service Type QCI Resource Type DSCP
IP clock - - 46
NOTE
eX2-U0 carries signaling, eX2-U1 carries high-priority coordination packets, and eX2-U2 carries low-
priority coordination packets. eX2-U0, eX2-U1, and eX2-U2 are taken as QCI4, QCI8, and QCI9
services during scheduling, respectively.
The parameters in the DIFPRI managed object (MO) for mapping service types to DSCPs
include:
l Priority rule (DIFPRI. PRIRULE ): indicates a rule for distinguishing between service
priorities based on applications.
l Signaling priority (DIFPRI. SIGPRI ): indicates the DSCP of packets on the control plane.
l OM MML data priority (DIFPRI.OMHIGHPRI ): indicates the DSCP of OM MML
packets.
l OM FTP data priority (DIFPRI.OMLOWPRI ): indicates the DSCP of OM FTP packets.
l IP clock data priority (DIFPRI. IPCLKPRI ): indicates the DSCP of IP clock packets.
For a user data type, the UDT and UDTPARAGRP MOs must be configured with the
UDT.UDTPARAGRPID and UDTPARAGRP.UDTPARAGRPID parameters set to the same
value. Table 3-8 lists the involved parameters.
Table 3-8 Parameters configured for the transport parameter group of a user data type
MO Configuration Item Parameter ID
UDT Number of the user data type. The values
ranging from 1 to 9 specify standard user
data types and those ranging from 10 to 254
specify extended user data types. Standard
user data types are predefined, whereas
extended user data types must be configured
by running the ADD EXTENDEDQCI
command. The user data types numbered 1to 4 indicate non-flow-controllable services.
UDT.UDTNO
ID of the transport parameter group for a
user data type. The values 40 to 48 are
reserved for standard user data types but not
recommended for extended user data types.
UDT.UDTPARAGRPID
UDTPAR
AGRP
ID of the transport parameter group for a
user data type. The values 40 to 48 are
reserved for standard user data types but not
recommended for extended user data types.
UDTPARAGRP.UDTPARA
GRPID
Priority rule UDTPARAGRP. PRIRULE
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 3 Transport Resource Configurations and Mapping
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
22
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 29/210
MO Configuration Item Parameter ID
Priority UDTPARAGRP. PRI
Activity factor UDTPARAGRP. ACTFACT
OR
A larger DSCP value indicates a higher priority.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 3 Transport Resource Configurations and Mapping
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
23
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 30/210
4 Transport Load Control
4.1 Overview
The eNodeB uses transport load control to determine whether to admit an access request or
release resources that have been allocated for admitted services, based on transport resource
usage. Before performing transport load control, the eNodeB calculates the transport loads
involved, that is, the minimum bandwidth required for the services with specific QoS
requirements, based on the actual traffic or reserved bandwidths.
Transport load control involves the following algorithms:
l Transport admission control
l Transport resource preemption
l Transport overbooking
l Transport load reporting
l Transport overload control
For details about algorithm definitions, see 2.4.2 Transport Load Control. The eNodeB
processes services based on the configured rate mode (single-rate or dual-rate).
4.2 Transport Load Calculation
Transport load calculation enables the eNodeB to calculate the minimum bandwidth requiredfor services with specific QoS requirements based on the actual traffic or reserved
bandwidths. It is the basis of transport admission control, transport resource preemption, and
transport overload control algorithms. Different types of services have different quality
requirements, as described in section 3.6.1 QoS Objectives. The transport load calculation
methods for these services are also different, as described in Table 4-1.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 4 Transport Load Control
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
24
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 31/210
Table 4-1 Transport load calculation methods
Service Type TransportLoadCalculation
Method
Description
Real-time
services
Admitted real-time services Transport load =
Actual traffic
volume on the
data link layer
Users can
configure activity
factors for real-
time and non-real-
time services. For
details about
activity factors
and their
configurations,
see section 4.5
TransportOverbooking.
Real-time
services
requiring
admission
QCIs of 1 to 4 Transport load =
GBR x Activity
factor
Non-flow-
controllable
services in non-
GBR services,
including services
with a QCI of 5 by
default
Transport load =
Min_GBR x
Activity factor
Non-real-time services Transport load =
Min_GBR x
Activity factor
User plane, OM MML, and
IP clock services
Transport load = Reserved bandwidth
(RSCGRPALG.TXRSVBW or
RSCGRPALG. RXRSVBW )
If there is no user
plane, OM MML,
or IP clock service, the
recommended
reserved
bandwidth is 0.
Otherwise,
configure the
reserved
bandwidth based
on the actual
traffic volume.
OM FTP services Transport load not calculated OM FTP serviceshave the lowest
priority, with only
the minimum
bandwidth.
Therefore, their
transport loads
are not calculated.
To implement transport admission control, transport loads are calculated for each transport
resource group. The transport load of a group is equal to the total transport load of all theadmitted services in this group. Admitted services consist of real-time, non-real-time, control
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 4 Transport Load Control
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
25
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 32/210
plane, OM, and IP clock services. The uplink and downlink transport loads must be calculated
separately. The transport load of a physical port is equal to the total transport load of all the
transport resource groups configured on this port.
4.3 Transport Admission Control
4.3.1 Overview
Admission control involves radio resources and transport resources. A service can be admitted
only after it has obtained both transport resources and radio resources. Only admission on
transport resources is described in this document.
Transport admission control enables the eNodeB to apply diff erent admission policies to
different types of services to ensure the transmission quality of ongoing services and increase
the admission success rate for high-priority services.
Transport admission control of the eNodeB has the following characteristics:
l The eNodeB performs transport admission control first on transport resource groups and
then on physical ports. Transport admission control is performed separately in the uplink
and downlink.
l A service can be successfully admitted only after both uplink and downlink resources
have been obtained successfully. Different uplink and downlink bandwidths can be
allocated to a service.
l There is an upper limit for GBR services so that non-GBR services can obtain resources.
l Transport admission control is not performed on passing-by data in co-transmission
scenarios.l The transport bandwidths on S1 interfaces are limited. If excessive services are admitted,
service bandwidth requirements cannot be met and service quality will significantly
deteriorate. Therefore, transport admission control must be implemented on S1
interfaces. X2 interfaces are used to transmit handover-related data, which requires low
traffic and a short period. Therefore, transport admission control is not performed on X2
interfaces.
l Transport admission control needs to be performed over the eX2 interface because the
traffic volume over the eX2 interface is high. After the eX2 interface is introduced in
Coordination over Relaxed Backhaul scenarios, the eX2 interface can share physical
ports and transport resource groups with the S1/X2 interface. Such sharing requires high
bandwidth. Therefore, transport admission needs to be performed over the eX2 interface.
4.3.2 Admission Control on Transport Resource Groups
The switch for admission control on transport resource groups can be turned on to ensure
quality of admitted services if transport resources are insufficient. Admission control methods
vary according to the rate mode, as described in Table 4-2. Users can select a rate mode by
setting the GTRANSPARA. RATECFGTYPE parameter.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 4 Transport Load Control
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
26
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 33/210
Table 4-2 Methods for admission control on transport resource groups
Rate Mode Admission Control Method
Single-rate mode Single-rate-
based admission process.
For details, see section Single-Rate-based Admission
Process.
Dual-rate mode Dual-rate-based
admission process.
For details, see section Dual-Rate-based Admission
Process.
Single-Rate-based Admission Process
Figure 4-1 shows the single-rate-based admission process for the admission of a new service.
Figure 4-1 Single-rate-based admission process
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 4 Transport Load Control
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
27
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 34/210
The single-rate-based admission process is as follows:
1. The eNodeB determines the admission threshold based on the type of service as follows.
If... Then...
The service is a handover, RRC
connection reestablishment, or
emergency service
The admission threshold is set to the
threshold configured for handover services.
The service is an eX2 service For the default transport resource group, the
admission threshold is set to 70%.
For a dedicated transport resource group, the
admission threshold is set to the OLC clear
threshold.
The service is a service of other types. The admission threshold is set to the
threshold configured for the gold, silver, or bronze service corresponding to the service
type. For the admission threshold for each
type of service, see section 4.3.4
Configuration Items.
2. The eNodeB selects available transport resource groups for the service. When a new
service requests admission, the MME informs the eNodeB of the S-GW IP address and
service QCI. Upon receiving the information, the eNodeB obtains the DSCP used by the
service by querying the mapping between QCIs and DSCPs, and then determines the
available groups based on the S-GW IP address and DSCP.
3. The eNodeB calculates transport loads, and then admits or rejects the service based on
the available groups. For details about transport load calculation methods, see Table 4-1.
In single-rate mode, the eNodeB calculates the transport loads based on the single-rate
admission bandwidths of transport resource groups. For details about the definitions of the
single-rate admission bandwidths, see Table 4-7.
In single-rate mode, GBR services take precedence over non-GBR services, without using up
all resources. The eNodeB processes non-GBR services after it has processed all GBR
services.
If... Then...
The service
is a GBR
service
The eNodeB first admits the service based on the GBR service admission
threshold if the following condition is met:
[(Sum of the transport loads of the GBR services admitted to the transport
resource group + Transport load of the new service)/Single-rate admission
bandwidth of the transport resource group] < GBR service admission
threshold
Then the eNodeB admits the service based on the corresponding admission
threshold (see Table 4-4) if the following condition is met:
[(Sum of the transport loads of all the services admitted to the transport
resource group + Transport load of the new service)/Single-rate admission
bandwidth of the transport resource group] < Service admission threshold
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 4 Transport Load Control
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
28
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 35/210
If... Then...
The service
is a non-
GBR service
If the default activity factor 0 is reserved for non-GBR services, indicating
that no bandwidth needs to be reserved, the eNodeB can admit the non-
GBR services directly.
The eNodeB admits other services based on the corresponding admission
threshold (see Table 4-4) if the following condition is met:
[(Sum of the transport loads of all the services admitted to the transport
resource group + Transport load of the new service)/Single-rate admission
bandwidth of the transport resource group] < Service admission threshold
Dual-Rate-based Admission Process
Figure 4-2 shows the dual-rate-based admission process for the admission of a new service,
which is applicable to the uplink and downlink.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 4 Transport Load Control
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
29
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 36/210
Figure 4-2 Dual-rate-based admission process
The dual-rate-based admission process is as follows:
1. The eNodeB determines the admission threshold based on the type of service. For the
admission threshold for each type of service, see section 4.3.4 Configuration Items.
2. The eNodeB selects available transport resource groups for the service. When a newservice requests admission, the MME informs the eNodeB of the S-GW IP address and
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 4 Transport Load Control
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
30
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 37/210
service QCI. Upon receiving the information, the eNodeB obtains the DSCP used by the
service by querying the mapping between QCIs and DSCPs, and then determines the
available groups based on the S-GW IP address and DSCP.
3. The eNodeB calculates the transport loads, and then admits or rejects the service based
on the available transport resource groups. For details about transport load calculationmethods, see Table 4-1.
l The eNodeB decides whether the service is a non-flow-controllable service.
If... Then...
The service is a
non-flow-
controllable
service
l The eNodeB first admits the service based on the CIR admission
bandwidth if the following condition is met:
[(Sum of the transport loads of the non-flow-controllable services
admitted to the transport resource group + Transport load of the
new service)/CIR admission bandwidth of the transport resource
group] < Service admission threshold
l Then the eNodeB admits the service based on the PIR admission bandwidth if the following condition is met:
[(Sum of the transport loads admitted to the transport resource
group + Transport load of the new service)/PIR admission
bandwidth of the transport resource group] < Service admission
threshold
The service is a
flow-controllable
service
The eNodeB admits a non-eX2 service based on the PIR admission
bandwidth if the following condition is met: The eNodeB admits an
eX2 service based on the PIR admission bandwidth and the following
admission thresholds:
For the default transport resource group, the admission threshold is set
to 70%. For a dedicated transport resource group, the admissionthreshold is set to the OLC clear threshold.
NOTE
The eNodeB admits only non-flow-controllable services based on the CIR admission bandwidth. Non-
flow-controllable services may experience packet loss if the available bandwidth is lower than the CIR
admission bandwidth. Therefore, the bandwidth for non-flow-controllable services must be lower than
the CIR admission bandwidth.
l The eNodeB decides whether the service is a GBR service.
If... Then...
The service is
a GBR
service
The eNodeB admits the service based on the admission threshold for GBR
services if the following condition is met:
[(Sum of the transport loads of the GBR services admitted to the transport
resource group + Transport load of the new service)/PIR admission
bandwidth of the transport resource group] < GBR service admission
threshold
The service is
a non-GBR
service
The eNodeB admits the service directly.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 4 Transport Load Control
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
31
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 38/210
4.3.3 Admission Control on Physical Ports
Users can turn on the admission control switch of a physical port during physical port
overbooking. This prevents the total transport load on all the transport resource groups from
exceeding the bandwidth capacity of the physical port.
The admission control process on a physical port is as follows:
1. The eNodeB calculates the transport loads on the physical port, as described in Table
4-3.
Table 4-3 Calculation of the transport loads on the physical port
Configuration Item Transport Load Calculation
Physical port The transport load is calculated as the sum of the transport
loads on all the transport resource groups configured on
the physical port.
Transport resource group The transport load is calculated as the sum of the transport
loads of the non-flow-controllable services, the transport
loads of the flow-controllable services, and the reserved
bandwidth of the transport resource group.
NOTE
In cascading scenarios, the transport load on the transport resource group configured for the data
flows of lower-level eNodeBs can be determined by the fixed bandwidth reserved for this group.2. The eNodeB determines the uplink or downlink admission bandwidth of the physical
port.
If... Then...
The limited rate (LR)
bandwidth is configured
for the physical port
The admission bandwidth of the physical port is the
smaller value between the LR bandwidth and actual
bandwidth of the physical port.
NOTE
The LR bandwidth can be the LR .CIR bandwidth (in the uplink)
or LR . DLCIR bandwidth (in the downlink).
The LR bandwidth is notconfigured for the
physical port
The admission bandwidth of the physical port is the actual bandwidth of the physical port.
3. The eNodeB performs admission control on transport resource groups first and then on
physical ports. Admission control on physical ports is the same as that on transport
resource groups in the single-rate-based admission process.
4.3.4 Configuration Items
To ensure higher admission success rate of high-priority services, the admission threshold for high-priority services must be higher than or equal to that for common services.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 4 Transport Load Control
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
32
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 39/210
Table 4-4 lists the configuration items for transport admission control, which is performed by
the eNodeB.
Table 4-4 Configuration items for transport admission control
ConfigurationItem
Uplink Parameter Downlink Parameter
Admission control
switch of a transport
resource group
TACALG. RSCGRPULCACSW
ITCH
TACALG. RSCGRPDLCACSW
ITCH
Admission control
switch of a physical
port
TACALG. PORTULCACSW TACALG. PORTDLCACSW
Admission
threshold for handover services
TACALG.TRMULHOCACTH TACALG.TRMDLHOCACTH
Admission
threshold for new
gold-type services
TACALG.TRMULGOLDCAC
TH
TACALG.TRMDLGOLDCAC
TH
Admission
threshold for new
silver-type services
TACALG.TRMULSILVERCA
CTH
TACALG.TRMDLSILVERCA
CTH
Admission
threshold for new
bronze-typeservices
TACALG.TRMULBRONZEC
ACTH
TACALG.TRMDLBRONZEC
ACTH
Admission
threshold for GBR
services
TACALG.TRMULGBRCACT
H
TACALG.TRMDLGBRCACT
H
Admission control
switch of
emergency services
TACALG. EMCTACPSW TACALG. EMCTACPSW
OLC clear threshold TOLCALG.TRMULOLCREL
TH
TOLCALG.TRMDLOLCREL
TH
NOTE
When the switch is turned on, emergency services are admitted successfully without any restrictions.
When the switch is turned off, emergency services are admitted if the bandwidth congestion rate is less
than the admission thresholds for handover services, as listed in Table 4-4.
4.4 Transport Resource Preemption
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 4 Transport Load Control
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
33
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 40/210
4.4.1 Overview
This document describes only transport resource preemption. For details about radio resource
preemption, see Admission and Congestion Control Feature Parameter Description.
After the preemption relationships between services and between UEs are configured, a newservice that is initially rejected can preempt lower-priority services. The ARP IE of a service
includes the following fields:
l Priority Level: indicates the priority of this service.
l Preemption Capability: indicates whether this service can preempt transport resources
from other services.
l Preemption Vulnerability: indicates whether transport resources for this service can be
preempted.
When the TACALG.TRMULPRESW or TACALG.TRMDLPRESW parameter is set to
ON(On), if a new service fails in transport admission and the preemption capability field in
the ARP specified that the service can be preempted, it preempts resources from other
services that are in the same transport resource group as itself. The eNodeB performs uplink
and downlink resource preemption separately but in the same manner.
Transport resource preemption processes vary according to the rate mode, as described in
Table 4-5.
Table 4-5 Transport resource preemption processes
Rate Mode Preemption Process
Single-rate mode Single-rate-based preemption process. For details, see section
4.4.2 Single-Rate-based Preemption Process.
Dual-rate mode Dual-rate-based preemption process. For details, see section
4.4.3 Dual-Rate-based Preemption Process.
4.4.2 Single-Rate-based Preemption Process
If a new service fails to be initially admitted and it can preempt other services (which is
indicated by the preemption capability field), it performs a single-rate-based preemption, as
shown in Figure 4-3.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 4 Transport Load Control
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
34
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 41/210
Figure 4-3 Single-rate-based preemption process
The single-rate-based preemption process is as follows:
1. The eNodeB determines the services to be preempted as follows.
If... Then...
The admission fails because the
resource usage of GBR services has
reached the upper limit
The new service attempts to preempt the
preemptable resources used by GBR
services.
The admission fails because of other
reasons
The new service attempts to preempt the
resources used by all other preemptable
services in this group.
2. The eNodeB sorts the preemptable services.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 4 Transport Load Control
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
35
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 42/210
Emergency services can preempt all non-emergency services, including the services with
the Pre-emption Vulnerability field in the ARP information element (IE) set to "not pre-
emptable."
The services to be sorted according to integrated priorities must meet all the following
conditions:– The services can be preempted, which is indicated by the value "pre-emptable" of
the Pre-emption Vulnerability field in the ARP IE.
– The services have lower ARP priorities than the new service.
– The activity factors for the non-emergency services are not set to 0.
Integrated priorities are determined based on ARP priorities and transport loads:
– ARP priorities are first compared. A smaller value of the ARP Priority Level IE in
the ARP field of the service indicates a higher integrated priority and a higher
probability of preempting other service resources.
– Transmission loads are then compared. A service with a higher transport load
indicates a lower integrated priority and a higher probability that the resourcesoccupied by this service are preempted.
3. The new service preempts the resources.
The services that can be preempted are preempted in ascending order by integrated
priority until the total transport load of all the preempted services is greater than or equal
to that of the new service.
4.4.3 Dual-Rate-based Preemption Process
If a new service fails to be initially admitted but it can preempt resources of other services, or
the new service is an emergency service, the dual-rate-based preemption process is
performed, as shown in Figure 4-4. The value "pre-emptable" of the preemption capabilityfield in the ARP IE indicates that the service can preempt transport resources.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 4 Transport Load Control
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
36
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 43/210
Figure 4-4 Dual-rate-based preemption process
The dual-rate-based preemption process is as follows:
1. The eNodeB determines the services to be preempted as follows.
If... Then...
The admission fails because the resource
usage of GBR services has reached the
upper limit
The new service attempts to preempt the
preemptable resources used by GBR
services.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 4 Transport Load Control
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
37
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 44/210
If... Then...
The admission fails because the transport
load of non-flow-controllable services
reaches the CIR admission bandwidth of
the transport resource group
The new service attempts to preempt the
preemptable resources used by non-flow-
controllable services.
The admission fails because of other
reasons
The new service attempts to preempt the
preemptable resources used by all other
services.
2. The eNodeB sorts the preemptable services.
The sorting rules are the same as those in the single-rate-based preemption process. For
details, see step 2 in section 4.4.2 Single-Rate-based Preemption Process.
3. The new service preempts the resources.
The preemption methods are the same as those in the single-rate-based preemption
process. For details, see step 3 in section 4.4.2 Single-Rate-based Preemption Process.
4.4.4 Preemption Scenarios and Configuration Items
The preemption scenarios are described as follows:
l If the switch is turned off, after an emergency service fails to be admitted to a transport
resource group or physical port, transport resource preemption is triggered regardless of
whether the preemption switch is turned on. All non-emergency services can be
preempted, including those with the Pre-emption Vulnerability field in the ARP IE set to
"not pre-emptable."l Emergency services cannot be preempted.
l If the UDTPARAGRP. ACTFACTOR parameter is set to 0 for a service, admission
control is not performed on the service and the service cannot be preempted.
NOTE
For details about emergency services, see Emergency Call Feature Parameter Description.
Inter-service and inter-UE preemption are configurable. Table 4-6 lists the configuration
items and related parameters.
Table 4-6 Configuration items for transport resource preemption
Configuration Item Uplink Parameter Downlink Parameter
Preemption algorithm
switch
TACALG.TRMULPRESW TACALG.TRMDLPRESW
Activity factor for a user
data type
UDTPARAGRP. ACTFACTOR
4.5 Transport Overbooking
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 4 Transport Load Control
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
38
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 45/210
4.5.1 Overview
This section describes the feature LOFD-00301101 Transport Overbooking.
Acting as the gain of the transport admission control algorithm, transport overbooking allows
the sum of the maximum rates of all admitted services to exceed the total transport bandwidth.
In this way, It can admit as many services as necessary.
The transport bandwidth on the S1 interface is limited. Therefore, transport overbooking is
used to improve service quality and enlarge system capacity. This achieves high statistical
multiplexing gains and resource usage.
In comparison, neither transport admission control nor transport overbooking is required on
the X2 interface because this interface processes only handovers, which involve low traffic
volumes and last for short periods.
Transport overbooking of eNodeBs is classified into transport resource group overbooking
and physical port overbooking. The former implements statistical multiplexing of transportresource group bandwidths based on activity factors. The latter implements statistical
multiplexing of physical port bandwidths based on the admission bandwidths configured for
the transport resource groups according to the rate mode.
4.5.2 Transport Resource Group Overbooking
The eNodeB implements transport admission control on each transport resource group. To
implement transport resource group overbooking, Huawei eNodeBs reserve bandwidths for
services based on the minimum reserved bandwidth resources (but not based on the MBR or
AMBR) during admission control. The eNodeB reserves bandwidths for real-time and non-
real-time services as follows:
l For real-time services that request access to the network, the eNodeB reserves
bandwidths based on the product of the GBR (or Min_GBR) value and the activity
factor.
l For ongoing real-time services, the eNodeB reserves bandwidths based on the actual
traffic volume.
l For non-real-time services that request admission or are already admitted, the eNodeB
reserves bandwidths based on the product of the Min_GBR value and the activity factor.
The effect of transport resource group overbooking can be adjusted based on activity factors.
The activity factor for a type of service equals the ratio of the active duration to the total
online duration. During transport admission, a smaller activity factor indicates a lower reserved bandwidth for services and higher overbooking gains. It also indicates a higher
probability that too many services are admitted and a lower probability that the quality of
services is ensured.
Bandwidths are reserved for real-time services based on their actual traffic volumes, which
are usually stable but sometimes vary. Variations may cause a transport overload. Therefore,
transport overload control is required. For details, see section 4.7 Transport Overload
Control.
Traffic volumes of non-real-time services vary significantly, and TX rates may far exceed the
Min_GBR value, which may cause congestion in the transport resource groups. Therefore,
transport differentiated flow control is required to ensure fairness and differentiation amongnon-real-time services. For details, see section 5.2 Transport Differentiated Flow Control.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 4 Transport Load Control
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
39
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 46/210
4.5.3 Physical Port Overbooking
Multiple transport resource groups can be configured on each port of an eNodeB board. To
implement physical port overbooking, WRR scheduling is used among transport resource
groups on the LMPT, UMTP, and UMDU. For details about the scheduling weight of eachtransport resource group, see Table 3-2.
In addition, the sum of the admission bandwidths of all transport resource groups can be
greater than the bandwidth of the physical port. To enable physical port overbooking, users
can set the uplink or downlink overbooking switch for the physical port
(TACALG. PORTULOBSW or TACALG. PORTDLOBSW , respectively) to ON(On).
The initial admission bandwidth for transport resource groups varies according to the
configured rate mode, as described in Table 4-7.
Table 4-7 Initial admission bandwidth for transport resource groups
Rate Mode Initial Admission Bandwidths of Transport ResourceGroups
Single-rate mode The uplink admission bandwidth is RSCGRP.TXBW , and the
downlink admission bandwidth is RSCGRP. RXBW .
Dual-rate mode l The uplink and downlink CIR admission bandwidths of a
transport resource group are specified by
RSCGRP.TXCIR and RSCGRP. RXCIR, respectively.
l The uplink and downlink PIR admission bandwidths of a
transport resource group are specified by
RSCGRP.TXPIR and RSCGRP. RXPIR, respectively.
The uplink/downlink admission bandwidth of a transport resource group is adjusted as
follows:
l If the dynamic TX or RX bandwidth adjustment switch (RSCGRPALG.TXBWASW or
RSCGRPALG. RXBWASW ) is turned on, the following adjustments are made:
– If the single-rate mode is used, the admission bandwidth is adjusted according to
the congestion status of the transport network to ensure that the admission
bandwidth does not exceed the bottleneck bandwidth of the network.
–
If the dual-rate mode is used, the CIR admission bandwidth is not adjusted. The PIR admission bandwidth is adjusted according to the congestion status of the transport
network to ensure that the PIR admission bandwidth does not exceed the bottleneck
bandwidth of the network. The minimum PIR admission bandwidth must be equal
to or greater than the CIR admission bandwidth.
l If the uplink or downlink overbooking switch of the physical port
(TACALG. PORTULOBSW or TACALG. PORTDLOBSW , respectively) is set to
OFF(Off), the admission bandwidth is adjusted according to Table 4-8.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 4 Transport Load Control
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
40
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 47/210
Table 4-8 Admission bandwidth adjustment methods for transport resource groups
Rate Mode Criterion Adjustment Method
Single-rate mode The sum of the configured
bandwidths of all transportresource groups exceeds
the bandwidth of the
physical port.
The admission bandwidths of
transport resource groups areadjusted based on their actual
scheduling weights to ensure that
the total admission bandwidth does
not exceed the bandwidth of the
physical port.
Dual-rate mode The sum of the configured
PIR bandwidths of all
transport resource groups
exceeds the bandwidth of
the physical port.
The PIR admission bandwidths of
transport resource groups are
adjusted based on their actual
scheduling weights to ensure that
the total PIR admission bandwidth
does not exceed the bandwidth of the physical port.
The sum of the configured
CIR bandwidths of all
transport resource groups
exceeds the bandwidth of
the physical port.
The CIR admission bandwidths of
transport resource groups are
adjusted to ensure that the total CIR
admission bandwidth does not
exceed the bandwidth of the
physical port.
In addition, each adjusted CIR
admission bandwidth must have a
positive correlation with the
corresponding configured CIR bandwidth.
If the sum of the configured bandwidths of all transport resource groups is far beyond the
bandwidth of a physical port, the overbooking gain is high but the probability that the desired
service bandwidth is allocated is low. The configured bandwidth of a group is
RSCGRP.TXBW or RSCGRP. RXBW in single-rate mode; it is RSCGRP.TXPIR or
RSCGRP. RXPIR in dual-rate mode.
4.6 Transport Load Reporting
4.6.1 Overview
When the load status information of an eNodeB needs to be sent to another eNodeB, the
transport layer reports the information to the radio interface load balancing algorithm. Then,
the information is sent to the other eNodeB over the X2 interface for load balancing.
After the transport load status is initialized, the transport load status is checked and an
associated message is sent to the radio interface load balancing algorithm at regular intervals.
NOTE
For details about the load balancing algorithm, see Mobility Load Balancing Feature Parameter Description.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 4 Transport Load Control
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
41
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 48/210
4.6.2 Transport Load Reporting Process
The transport load reporting process is closely related to the load control process.
Figure 4-5 shows the load control process. The middle status indicates the transitional stage
between two states. For example, the transport load in the Middle Status is reported as low before it transits to the HighLoad state from the MediumLoad state, that is, before it reaches
the HighLoad trigger threshold. Similarly, the transport load in the Middle Status is reported
as high before it transits to the MediumLoad state from the HighLoad state, that is, before it
reaches the HighLoad clearance threshold.
Figure 4-5 Load control process
4.6.3 Configuration Items
Users can enable the eNodeB to enter a different transport load status by setting the
parameters listed in Table 4-9.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 4 Transport Load Control
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
42
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 49/210
Table 4-9 Configuration items of the transport load status
Configuration Item Parameter Load Status
HighLoad Trigger
threshold
TLDRALG.TRMULLDR
TRGTH (uplink)TLDRALG.TRMDLLDR
TRGTH (downlink)
In the uplink/downlink, if the
ratio of the transport load to thetransport bandwidth exceeds the
corresponding threshold for a
specified period, the transport
load enters the HighLoad state.
Clearance
threshold
TLDRALG.TRMULLDR
CLRTH (uplink)
TLDRALG.TRMDLLDR
CLRTH (downlink)
In the uplink/downlink, if the
ratio of the transport load to the
transport bandwidth falls below
the corresponding threshold for a
specified period, the transport
load enters the MediumLoad
state.
MediumLo
ad
Trigger
threshold
TLDRALG.TRMULML
DTRGTH (uplink)
TLDRALG.TRMDLML
DTRGTH (downlink)
In the uplink/downlink, if the
ratio of the transport load to the
transport bandwidth exceeds the
corresponding threshold for a
specified period, the transport
load enters the MediumLoad
state.
Clearance
threshold
TLDRALG.TRMULML
DCLRTH (uplink)
TLDRALG.TRMDLML
DCLRTH (downlink)
In the uplink/downlink, if the
ratio of the transport load to the
transport bandwidth falls below
the corresponding threshold for aspecified period, the transport
load enters the LowLoad state.
4.7 Transport Overload Control
4.7.1 Overview
This section describes the feature LOFD-00301103 Transport Resource Overload Control.
Transport resource overload is a situation where the bandwidths reserved for ongoing services
are not guaranteed because of excessive transport loads. During transport OLC, the eNodeB
periodically checks whether transport resources are overloaded. If transport resources are
overloaded, the eNodeB releases the services that can be preempted and have low priorities to
ensure the quality of the high-priority services.
Transport overload may occur on the S1 interface in the following situations:
l The transport load of real-time services is defined as the actual traffic. As a result, any
fluctuations in actual traffic result in changes in the transport load.
l The admission bandwidths of transport resource groups change along with the transport
network, which results in changes in the transport load. For details, see section 5.1Transport Dynamic Flow Control.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 4 Transport Load Control
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
43
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 50/210
Transport overload control is not performed over the X2 interface.
Transport overload control can be performed over the eX2 interface. In Coordination over
Relaxed Backhaul scenarios, if transport bandwidth changes and transport overload occurs,
the eNodeB preferentially releases eX2 services.
4.7.2 Transport Overload Control Process
Transport OLC involves transport load check and OLC action. The eNodeB periodically
checks the uplink and downlink transport loads on each transport resource group in the same
manner. Figure 4-6 shows the transport load check mechanism.
Figure 4-6 Transport load check mechanism
OLC methods vary according to the rate mode, as described in Table 4-10. Users can select a
rate mode by setting the GTRANSPARA. RATECFGTYPE parameter.
Table 4-10 OLC methods for transport resource groups
Rate Mode OLC Method
Single-rate mode Single-rate-based
OLC.
For details, see section Single-Rate-based
OLC Process
Dual-rate mode Dual-rate-based OLC. For details, see section Dual-Rate-based OLC
Process
Single-Rate-based OLC Process
Figure 4-7 shows the single-rate-based PLC process.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 4 Transport Load Control
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
44
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 51/210
Figure 4-7 Single-rate-based OLC process
1. The single-rate-based OLC process is as follows: The eNodeB calculates the transport
load ratio of each transport resource group using the following formula: Transport load
ratio = Transport load/Admission bandwidth
For details about the calculation methods of transport loads and admission bandwidths,
see section 4.2 Transport Load Calculation
2. The eNodeB compares the transport load ratio with the OLC thresholds and determines
whether to perform OLC.
a. If the transport load ratio is higher than the OLC trigger threshold specified by the
TOLCALG.TRMULOLCTRIGTH parameter and the state lasts for a specified
period (OLC trigger interval), the transport resource group is in the overload state.
In this case, the eNodeB activates OLC. The eNodeB sorts all the non-emergency
services whose activity factors are not 0 in the transport resource group in
ascending order of priority according to the service release rules in Table 4-11.
Then, it periodically releases the resources for these services in sequence until the
quantity defined by the TOLCALG.TRMOLCRELBEARERNUM parameter isreached.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 4 Transport Load Control
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
45
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 52/210
b. If the transport load ratio is lower than the OLC clear threshold specified by the
TOLCALG.TRMULOLCRELTH parameter and the state lasts for a specified
period (OLC trigger interval), the transport resource group is in the non-overload
state. The eNodeB deactivates OLC.
c. If the transport load ratio is not higher than the OLC trigger threshold or the statedoes not last for the OLC trigger interval, the eNodeB does not activate OLC.
Table 4-11 Service release rules
ComparisonSequence
Comparison Item Service Release Rule
1 pre-emptionVulnerability field Only preemptable services are
released.
2 priorityLevel field A service with a smaller priorityLevelvalue has a higher priority, indicating
a lower probability of being released.
3 Transport load A service with a smaller transport
load value has a higher priority,
indicating a lower probability of
being released. For details about the
transport load calculation, see section
4.2 Transport Load Calculation.
NOTE
To ensure that the S1/X2 interface takes priority over the eX2 interface, eX2 services are preferentially
released if the eX2 and S1 interfaces share transport resources and transport overload occurs.
Dual-Rate-based OLC Process
Figure 4-8 shows the dual-rate-based OLC process.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 4 Transport Load Control
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
46
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 53/210
Figure 4-8 Dual-rate-based OLC process
1. The dual-rate-based OLC process is as follows: The eNodeB calculates the transport load
ratios of each transport resource group using the following formulas:
–CIR transport load ratio = Transport load of non-flow-controllable services/CIR admission bandwidth
– PIR transport load ratio = Transport load/PIR admission bandwidth
For details about the calculation methods of transport loads and admission bandwidths,
see 4.2 Transport Load Calculation.
2. The eNodeB compares the transport load ratio with the OLC thresholds and determines
whether to perform OLC.
– If the transport load ratio is higher than the OLC trigger threshold and the state lasts
for a specified period (OLC trigger interval), the transport resource group is in the
overload state. In this case, the eNodeB performs an OLC action according to the
following table. where:
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 4 Transport Load Control
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
47
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 54/210
If... Then...
The CIR transport load
ratio is higher than the
OLC trigger threshold
The transport resource group enters the CIR overload
state. The eNodeB sorts all non-flow-controllable services
excluding emergency services and services with the
activity factor of 0 in the transport resource group in
ascending order of priority according to the service
release rules in Table 4-11. Then, it periodically releases
the resources for these services in sequence until the
quantity defined by the
TOLCALG.TRMOLCRELBEARERNUM parameter is
reached.
The PIR transport load
ratio is higher than the
OLC trigger threshold
The transport resource group enters the PIR overload
state. The eNodeB sorts all services excluding emergency
services and services with the activity factor of 0 in the
transport resource group in ascending order of priority
according to the service release rules in Table 4-11. Then,
it periodically releases the resources for these services in
sequence until the quantity defined by the
TOLCALG.TRMOLCRELBEARERNUM parameter is
reached.
– If the transport load ratio is lower than the OLC clear threshold and the state lasts
for a specified period (OLC trigger interval), the transport resource group is in the
non-overload state with CIR and PIR differentiated, and the eNodeB deactivates
OLC.– If the transport load ratio is not higher than the OLC trigger threshold or the state
does not last for the OLC trigger interval, the eNodeB does not activate OLC.
4.7.3 Configuration Items
The eNodeB performs OLC for each transport resource group. Table 4-12 lists the main OLC
configuration items.
Table 4-12 Main OLC configuration items
Configuration Item Parameter
OLC switch TOLCALG.TRMULOLCS
WITCH (uplink)
TOLCALG.TRMDLOLCS
WITCH (downlink)
OLC trigger threshold TOLCALG.TRMULOLCT
RIGTH (uplink)
TOLCALG.TRMDLOLCT
RIGTH (downlink)
OLC clear threshold TOLCALG.TRMULOLCR
ELTH (uplink)
TOLCALG.TRMDLOLCR
ELTH (downlink)
Number of bearers that can
be released during an OLC
session
TOLCALG.TRMOLCRELBEARERNUM
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 4 Transport Load Control
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
48
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 55/210
4.8 Mapping Between Algorithms and MOs
Table 4-13 lists the mapping between transport load control algorithms and MOs.
Table 4-13 Mapping between transport load control algorithms and MOs
Algorithm MO
Transport admission control TACALG
Transport resource preemption TACALG
Transport overbooking UDTPARAGRP for transport overbooking
on transport resource groups
TACALG, RSCGRP, and LR for transport
overbooking on physical ports
Transport load reporting TLDRALG
Transport resource overload control TOLCALG
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 4 Transport Load Control
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
49
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 56/210
5 Transport Congestion Control
5.1 Transport Dynamic Flow Control
This section describes the feature LOFD-00301202 Transport Dynamic Flow Control.
The transport bandwidth of the S1/X2/eX2 interface changes dynamically in the following
scenarios:
l When transmission media such as the x Digital Subscriber Line (xDSL) and microwave
are used, the bandwidth of the transport layer may change dynamically.
l When multiple eNodeBs share the system bandwidth in the scenario of eNodeB
cascading or network convergence, the available bandwidth of each eNodeB
dynamically changes.
l When an eNodeB is connected to multiple S-GWs in an S-GW service area, the actual
bandwidth between the eNodeB and each S-GW changes dynamically. For details about
S-GW service areas, see 3GPP TS 23.401.
In the preceding scenarios, the available bottleneck bandwidth may be lower than the TX
bandwidth configured for transport resource groups. If admission control and flow control are
performed based on the configured TX bandwidth, network congestion may occur and lead to
the following results:
l Excessive services are admitted, and there may not be enough bandwidths available for
services.
l Fairness and differentiation of non-real-time services are not guaranteed.
To address these problems, transport dynamic flow control estimates the bottleneck
bandwidth of the transport network based on the transmission quality information provided by
IP PM. It dynamically adjusts the TX rates of transport resource groups on eNodeB interface
boards to limit the rates within the bottleneck bandwidth. Transport dynamic flow control
aims to prevent network congestion and ensure the transmission quality of services when the
transport bandwidth dynamically changes. Figure 5-1 shows the IP PM process.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 5 Transport Congestion Control
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
50
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 57/210
Figure 5-1 IP PM process
Transport dynamic flow control is implemented by the eNodeB for each transport resource
group. This function involves IP PM, transport differentiated flow control, and dynamic
bandwidth adjustment. The transport dynamic flow control process is as follows:
1. The eNodeB performs periodic forward monitoring (FM).
2. The S-GW responds with a Backward Report (BR) packet after receiving an FM packet.
3. The eNodeB calculates the delay variation and packet loss rate after receiving the BR
packet.
4. The eNodeB performs bandwidth adjustment for each transport resource group based on
the average delay variation and packet loss rate during each statistical period.
5. The eNodeB performs transport differentiated flow control based on the adjusted
bandwidth of the transport resource group.
5.2 Transport Differentiated Flow Control
5.2.1 Overview
This section describes the feature LOFD-00301102 Transport Differentiated Flow Control.
When the bandwidth of the S1, X2, or eX2 interface is insufficient, the amount of data to be
transmitted may exceed the transmission capacity of the available bandwidth. Congestion
occurs in the following situations:
l On the S1 interface, transport overbooking is enabled. Non-real-time services are
admitted based on Min_GBR, but the actual traffic volume fluctuates and exceeds the
Min_GBR value. For details, see section 4.5 Transport Overbooking.
l On the X2 interface, the transient traffic volume of handover-related data is very high because of data bursts.
l On the eX2 interface, inter-eNodeB coordination data is transmitted and the traffic
volume is high.
Transport differentiated flow control provides users with DiffServ while ensuring fairness:
l DiffServ
When the transport bandwidth is limited, transport differentiated flow control uses the
following policies:
– It preferentially ensures the required bandwidth of non-flow-controllable services.
–
It then applies differentiation to non-real-time services. The bandwidth excludingthat reserved for Min_GBR is allocated among users based on their weight factors.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 5 Transport Congestion Control
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
51
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 58/210
l Fairness
Packet loss may occur on interface boards during congestion and affect fairness among
non-real-time services. For example, a service that establishes multiple Transmission
Control Protocol (TCP) connections preempts a service that has the same QCI but
establishes only a single TCP connection.Transport differentiated flow control ensures that each admitted user is allocated a
certain bandwidth based on the priority factor to prevent resource shortage. The priority
factor can be specified by STANDARDQCI.UlschPriorityFactor under the
STANDARDQCI MO (for standardized QCIs) or
STANDARDQCI.UlschPriorityFactor under the STANDARDQCI MO (for extended
QCIs).
In addition, transport differentiated flow control also ensures statistic accuracy of IP PM. For
details, see section 5.4 IP Performance Monitoring.
Transport differentiated flow control is applicable only to uplink data and involves the
following algorithms:
l Traffic shaping of transport resource groups
This algorithm ensures that the TX rate of a transport resource group does not exceed the
bottleneck bandwidth of the network and prevents network congestion.
l Queue scheduling of transport resource groups
Services are scheduled by PQ and WRR based on their weights. Each user has a weight
and therefore has a possibility to be scheduled.
l Back-pressure
This algorithm restricts the TX rates of non-real-time services to achieve differentiation.
Transport admission control and transport overload control restrict transport resourceoccupancy because the traffic of non-flow-controllable services is relatively stable.
5.2.2 Traffic Shaping
Traffic shaping limits traffic and decreases the packet loss rate when a network is congested.
Traffic shaping aims to limit the traffic and bursts from a connection. As a result, data packets
can be sent out at even rates.
Traffic shaping adopts the generic traffic shaping (GTS) technique and shapes irregular
streams or streams without predefined characteristics to match the upstream and downstream
bandwidths.
The token bucket (TB) principle applies to the GTS technique. Figure 5-2 shows the TB
principle.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 5 Transport Congestion Control
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
52
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 59/210
Figure 5-2 TB principle
The token bucket size determines the maximum number of tokens that can be buffered in the
bucket. Tokens are periodically generated by the token generator and injected into the token
bucket. When there is no token in the token bucket, packet transmission is not allowed. When
the token bucket is full, new tokens will be discarded.
Based on the TB principle, the eNodeB implements two levels of traffic shaping, which
consist of traffic shaping of transport resource groups and rate limiting on physical ports. With
these two types of traffic shaping, flow control is achieved.
Traffic Shaping of Transport Resource Groups
Traffic shaping of transport resource groups is a traffic rate limiting mechanism. It ensures
that the TX rate of a transport resource group does not exceed the admission bandwidth of the
transport resource group. To implement transport differentiated flow control, users can set the
RSCGRPALG.TXSSW parameter (TX traffic shaping switch for a transport resource group)
to ON(On) and then set the token injection rate and token bucket size.
The token injection rate and token bucket size in the following rate modes are represented as
follows:
l In single-rate mode, the token injection rate is specified by the RSCGRP.TXBW
parameter, and the token bucket size equals the sum of the values of the
RSCGRP.TXCBS and RSCGRP.TXEBS parameters.
l In dual-rate mode, the token injection rate and token bucket size are specified by the
RSCGRP.TXPIR and RSCGRP.TXPBS parameters, respectively.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 5 Transport Congestion Control
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
53
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 60/210
Rate Limiting on Physical Ports
Traffic shaping of transport resource groups is performed on the data link layer (MAC layer).
Rate limiting aims to limit the total rate of all the packets sent from a physical port regardless
of the type of data stream.
If an LR MO is configured for a physical port, the eNodeB uses the token bucket to process
all the packets sent from the physical port for flow control. If there are tokens in the token
bucket, the eNodeB allows burst transmission of packets. This simultaneously achieves flow
control and transmission of burst traffic.
The main parameters related to rate limiting on physical ports are LR .CIR, LR .CBS , and
LR . EBS . The token injection rate is specified by the LR .CIR parameter, and the token bucket
size is determined by the sum of the values of the LR .CBS and LR . EBS parameters. The
value of the LR .CBS parameter must be greater than or equal to that of the LR .CIR
parameter, and it is recommended that the LR . EBS parameter be set to 0.
If the buffer of the peer device can reach 1.5 or 2 times the value of the LR .CIR parameter, it
is recommended that the LR .CBS parameter be set to a value 1.5 to 2 times the value of the
LR .CIR parameter. If the buffer of the peer device is less than 1.5 times the value of the
LR .CIR parameter, it is recommended that the LR .CBS parameter be set to a value equaling
the buffer size of the peer device.
5.2.3 Queue Scheduling of Transport Resource Groups
Queue scheduling of transport resource groups ensures that non-flow-controllable services
(including real-time services, control plane services, OM MML services, and IP clock
services) are preferentially scheduled.
Each transport resource group can be configured with a maximum of seven queues, which are
classified into:
l PQ queues: queues numbered from 0 to RSCGRPALG. PQN minus 1, where
RSCGRPALG. PQN indicates the number of PQ queues.
l Non-PQ queues: queues numbered from RSCGRPALG. PQN to 7.
The queues in a transport resource group are scheduled as follows:
1. PQ queues are preferentially scheduled. A PQ queue with a smaller ID has a higher
scheduling priority. PQ queues with low priorities are scheduled only when those with
high priorities have no buffered data left.
2. If all PQ queues have been scheduled, the eNodeB performs WRR scheduling on non-
PQ queues. All non-PQ queues have the same scheduling weight.
Service packets enter queues based on their DSCPs. DSCPs and service types have a mapping
relationship, as described in section 3.6.2 Mapping Between Service Types and DSCPs.
Therefore, there is a mapping between service types and queues, as listed in Table 5-1. The
priority of queue x can be specified by the PRIx parameter, where x ranges from 0 to 6. Users
do not need to configure queue 7. For example, PRI2QUE. PRI3 indicates the lowest priority
of queue 3.
Table 5-1 lists the default mapping between service types and queues.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 5 Transport Congestion Control
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
54
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 61/210
Table 5-1 Default mapping between service types and queues
Service Type QCI Resource Type Queue ID
S1-U/X2-U 1 GBR 1
2 2
3 2
4 2
5 Non-GBR 1
6 4
7 4
8 4
9 6
eX2-U 4 - 2
8 - 4
9 - 6
S1-C/X2-C/eX2-C
(SCTP)
- - 0
OM (MML) - - 1
OM (FTP) - - 4
IP clock services - - 1
In addition to the default mapping, users can configure a mapping between service types and
DSCPs and between DSCPs and PQ queues to meet the requirements of differentiated flow
control. The mapping rules are as follows:
l Non-flow-controllable services enter PQ queues.
l Flow-controllable services enter non-PQ queues.
Otherwise, bandwidths cannot be guaranteed for non-flow-controllable services.
5.2.4 Back-Pressure Algorithm
The back-pressure algorithm limits the TX rates of uplink non-real-time services to prevent
congestion in a transport resource group. The eNodeB performs back-pressure on each
transport resource group. The RSCGRPALG.TCSW parameter decides whether to enable
back-pressure. Back-pressure is not applied to real-time services or passing-by data streams.
The back-pressure process is as follows:
l
The interface board detects that a transport resource group is congested and sends a back-pressure signal to the service board.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 5 Transport Congestion Control
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
55
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 62/210
l The service board buffers data of each non-real-time service separately and adjusts the
TX rate of each service.
NOTE
The initial TX rate is the result of multiplying UE-AMBR by 1.25. The UE-AMBR value is sent by the
MME to the eNodeB. The back-pressure algorithm will limit the TX rate of services. Therefore, whenthe back-pressure algorithm is enabled, the actual effect of the scheduling weight of transport resource
groups may be affected.
Figure 5-3 Back-pressure process for a non-real-time service
As shown in Figure 5-3, the back-pressure process is as follows:
1. The interface board periodically checks the buffer size of each queue in the transport
resource group.
2. When the duration for the data buffered in a queue exceeds the congestion threshold
(RSCGRPALG.CTTH ) at moment A, the queue and the corresponding transport
resource group enter the congestion state, which indicates that congestion has occurred.The interface board then sends congestion signals to the service board. The service board
stops transmitting the data for all non-real-time services in the transport resource group
and decreases the maximum data rates of all non-real-time services.
3. When the buffer size of a queue reaches the maximum value
(RSCGRPALG. DROPPKTNUM ), arriving data packets are discarded.
4. When the buffer size of a queue is less than the congestion clear threshold
(RSCGRPALG.CCTTH ) at moment B, the queue enters the congestion clear state. If all
the queues in a transport resource group enter the congestion clear state, the transport
resource group enters the congestion clear state. The interface board then sends
congestion clear signals to the service board. The service board retransmits the data for
non-real-time services in the transport resource group at a rate that is not greater than themaximum TX rate.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 5 Transport Congestion Control
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
56
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 63/210
5. In the congestion clear state, the back-pressure algorithm periodically increases the
maximum TX rate by the rate increase step, which is the difference between the TX rates
before and after the rate increase.
NOTE
The rate increase step of each service has a positive correlation with the weight factor
StandardQci.UlschPriorityFactor . For details about the weight factor, see Scheduling Feature
Parameter Description.
To avoid impacts of eX2 services on S1/X2 services, the eNodeB preferentially implements
back-pressure on eX2 services over S1/X2 services if transport resource groups become
congested.
When the back-pressure algorithm switch RSCGRPALG.TCSW is set to ENABLE(Enable)
in the case of insufficient transport resources, users can turn on the uplink Uu flow control
switch UlUuFlowCtrlSwitch under the ENodeBAlgoSwitch.TrmSwitch parameter to restrict
UE rates.
5.3 Dynamic Bandwidth Adjustment
Dynamic bandwidth adjustment is performed on each transport resource group. The dynamic
TX bandwidth adjustment switch is RSCGRPALG.TXBWASW .
NOTE
If the endpoint mode is not configured, all IP paths in a transport resource group must be referenced by
the eNodeBPath MO before dynamic bandwidth adjustment can be performed on this transport resource
group.
Table 5-2 lists the initial bandwidth available to each transport resource group. Users can
select a rate mode by setting the GTRANSPARA. RATECFGTYPE parameter.
Table 5-2 Initial bandwidths available to each transport resource group on different boards
Rate Mode Initial Available Bandwidth
Single-rate mode TX bandwidth (RSCGRP.TXBW )
Dual-rate mode PIR bandwidth (RSCGRP.TXPIR)
The dynamic bandwidth adjustment process is as follows:
1. The eNodeB periodically calculates the average packet loss rate of transport resource
groups.
– If the average exceeds the RSCGRPALG. PLRDTH value, the eNodeB decides
that the transport network is congested and reduces the available bandwidth of
transport resource groups, which cannot be lower than the
RSCGRPALG.TXBWAMIN value in single-rate mode or RSCGRP.TXCIR value
in dual-rate mode.
– If the average does not exceed the RSCGRPALG. PLRDTH value, the eNodeB
decides that the transport network is not congested and increases the available
bandwidth of transport resource groups, which cannot be higher thanRSCGRP.TXBW in single-rate mode or RSCGRP.TXPIR in dual-rate mode.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 5 Transport Congestion Control
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
57
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 64/210
Then, the eNodeB informs the transport differentiated flow control and transport
admission control algorithms.
2. The eNodeB periodically calculates the average delay variation of transport resource
groups.
If the available bandwidths adjusted based on the packet loss rate decrease average delay
variation in this period is greater than the RSCGRPALG. DDTH value, the eNodeB
decides that the transport network is congested, reduces the available bandwidths of the
transport resource groups, and then notifies the transport differentiated flow control and
transport admission control algorithms of the bandwidth adjustment. The adjusted
bandwidth cannot be lower than the RSCGRPALG.TXBWAMIN value in single-rate
mode or RSCGRP.TXCIR value in dual-rate mode.
Transport admission control ensures that the uplink admission bandwidths of transport
resource groups are not greater than the available bandwidths.
If the S-GW supports the downlink transport dynamic flow control, the dynamic RX
bandwidth adjustment switch (RSCGRPALG. RXBWASW ) can be turned on to ensure thatthe downlink admission bandwidths of transport resource groups are not greater than the
downlink available bandwidths. In single-rate mode, the minimum available bandwidth must
not be less than the RSCGRPALG. RXBWAMIN value. In dual-rate mode, the minimum
available bandwidth must not be less than the RSCGRP. RXCIR value.
NOTE
If the increase of delay variation or packet loss rate is caused by deteriorated transport network quality
rather than congestion of the transport network, enabling dynamic bandwidth adjustment will result in
mistaken data rate decreases. In this case, it is recommended that dynamic bandwidth adjustment be
disabled.
5.4 IP Performance Monitoring
For details about IP PM, see IP Performance Monitor Feature Parameter Description.
This section describes the feature LOFD-00301201 IP Performance Monitoring.
5.5 Mapping Between Algorithms and MOs
Table 5-3 shows the mapping between transport congestion control algorithms and MOs.
Table 5-3 Mapping between transport congestion control algorithms and MOs
Level 1 Algorithm Level 2 Algorithm MO
Transport differentiated flow
control
Traffic shaping RSCGRPALG, RSCGRP,
and LR
Queue scheduling PRI2QUE and
RSCGRPALG
Back-pressure RSCGRPALG
Transport dynamic flow
control
Dynamic bandwidth
adjustment
RSCGRPALG and
IPPMSESSION
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 5 Transport Congestion Control
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
58
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 65/210
Level 1 Algorithm Level 2 Algorithm MO
IP PM IPPMSESSION
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 5 Transport Congestion Control
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
59
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 66/210
6 Application Scenarios
This chapter describes the use of the TRM algorithms in different scenarios.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 6 Application Scenarios
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
60
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 67/210
6.1 Different Transport Paths Based on QoS Grade
6.1.1 Overview
This section describes the feature LOFD-003016 Different Transport Paths based on QoS
Grade.
Flow-controllable services are admitted based on Min_GBR. The actual bit rates of these
services, however, may be far greater than the Min_GBR value. Assume that most services
are flow-controllable and they are preferentially admitted to transport resource groups on the
primary path. In this situation, transport resource groups on the secondary path are used only
if there are excessively high loads on the primary path. As a result, traffic volumes on the two
paths are not balanced. To solve this problem, the Different Transport Paths Based on QoS
Grade feature is introduced.
Services can be allocated different transport paths based on their QoS grade in a hybrid
transmission scenario shown in Figure 6-1. In this scenario, two transport paths with different
QoS grades are configured between the eNodeB and the S-GW. Services with different QCIs
are allocated different transport paths for load balancing.
Figure 6-1 Hybrid transmission
As shown in Figure 6-1, IPPATHRT.TRANRSCTYPE is set to HQ(High Quality) and
LQ(Low Quality) for the two paths, indicating high and low QoS grades, respectively. The path with a higher QoS grade provides lower bandwidth for a few services with high QoS
requirements, and the path with a lower QoS grade provides higher bandwidth for a large
number of services with low QoS requirements. This helps operators reduce operating
expense (OPEX).
In a hybrid transmission scenario, transport resources cannot be configured in endpoint mode.
6.1.2 Process of Implementing Different Transport Paths Based onQoS Grade
When the Different Transport Paths Based on QoS Grade feature is implemented, servicerequests are not always admitted on the primary path. Instead, the eNodeB decides whether to
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 6 Application Scenarios
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
61
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 68/210
admit a service on the primary or secondary path based on the admission control algorithm for
hybrid transmission. This improves transport resource efficiency and user experience.
The Different Transport Paths Based on QoS Grade feature is implemented on transport
resource groups. The process for admitting a service request is as follows:
1. The eNodeB determines all the transport resource groups on the primary and secondary
paths.
2. The eNodeB calculates the primary path load ratio and the secondary path load ratio
using the following formulas:
– Primary path load ratio = Total downlink transport load of all primary groups / Total
downlink available bandwidth of all primary groups
– Secondary path load ratio = Total downlink transport load of all secondary groups /
Total downlink available bandwidth of all secondary groups
3. The service is preferentially admitted on the secondary path if the following conditions
are met:
– Primary path load ratio > UDTPARAGRP. PRIMPTLOADTH
– Primary path load ratio x UDTPARAGRP. PRIM2SECPTLOADRATH >
Secondary path load ratio
If the service is not admitted, it attempts the primary path.
4. The service is preferentially admitted on the primary path if the following conditions are
met:
– Primary path load ratio ≤ UDTPARAGRP. PRIMPTLOADTH
– Primary path load ratio x UDTPARAGRP. PRIM2SECPTLOADRATH ≤
Secondary path load ratio
If the service is not admitted, it attempts the secondary path.
6.1.3 Configuration Items
The parameters related to Different Transport Paths Based on QoS Grade are as follows:
l UDTPARAGRP. PRIMPTLOADTH : primary path load threshold for services of a user
data type.
l UDTPARAGRP. PRIM2SECPTLOADRATH : threshold of the primary-to-secondary
port load ratio for services of a user data type.
l The transport resource type IPPATHRT.TRANRSCTYPE carried by different transport
paths indicates the type of transport resources carried by routes in hybrid transmissionscenarios.
6.2 User Data Type
For an extended user data type, the UDT and UDTPARAGRP MOs must be configured with
the UDT.UDTPARAGRPID and UDTPARAGRP.UDTPARAGRPID parameters set to the
same value. The parameters for configuring the transport parameter group of an extended user
data type are the same as those for configuring the transport parameter group of a standard
user data type, as listed in Table 3-8.
Algorithms and principles for extended QCIs are the same as those for standardized QCIs.Table 6-1 describes the main configuration items of extended QCIs.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 6 Application Scenarios
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
62
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 69/210
Table 6-1 Main configuration items of extended QCIs
Function Configuration Item ConfigurationDescription
DiffServ Priority rule DIFPRI. PRIRULE is set toDSCP.
Transport admission control l Flow control type
l Activity factor
l Primary transport
resource type
l Primary port load
threshold
l Threshold ratio of
primary to secondary
port loads
l Min_GBR
Min_GBR indicates the
minimum GBR configured
for each QCI in the uplink
or downlink on the Uu
interface. The involved
parameters are
StandardQci.UlMinGbr ,
ExtendedQci.UlMinGbr ,
StandardQci. DlMinGbr
andExtendedQci. DlMinGbr .
Differentiated flow control Weight factor for uplink
scheduling
(ExtendedQci.UlschPriorit
yFactor ) in the
ExtendedQci MO.
None
6.3 RAN Sharing In the RAN sharing scenario, it is recommended that each operator be configured with a
transport resource group. Common algorithms are used in this scenario.
6.4 Base Station Cascading
In base station cascading scenarios, a separate transport resource group is recommended for
lower-level base stations. Common algorithms are used in this scenario.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 6 Application Scenarios
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
63
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 70/210
7 Related Features
7.1 Features Related to LBFD-00300201 DiffServ QoSSupport
Prerequisite Features
None
Mutually Exclusive Features
None
Impacted Features
None
7.2 Features Related to LOFD-00301101 TransportOverbooking
Prerequisite Features
None
Mutually Exclusive Features
None
Impacted Features
None
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 7 Related Features
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
64
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 71/210
7.3 Features Related to LOFD-00301102 TransportDifferentiated Flow Control
Prerequisite Features
None
Mutually Exclusive Features
None
Impacted Features
None
7.4 Features Related to LOFD-00301103 TransportResource Overload Control
Prerequisite Features
None
Mutually Exclusive Features
None
Impacted Features
None
7.5 Features Related to LOFD-00301201 IP PerformanceMonitoring
Prerequisite Features
None
Mutually Exclusive Features
None
Impacted Features
None
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 7 Related Features
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
65
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 72/210
7.6 Features Related to LOFD-00301202 TransportDynamic Flow Control
Prerequisite Features
l Transport Dynamic Flow Control requires LOFD-00301102 Transport Differentiated
Flow Control. When Transport Dynamic Flow Control is enabled, transmission boards in
the eNodeB may be congested, and therefore Transport Differentiated Flow Control must
also be enabled.
l Transport Dynamic Flow Control requires LOFD-00301201 IP Performance Monitoring.
Mutually Exclusive Features
None
Impacted Features
None
7.7 Features Related to LOFD-003016 Different TransportPaths based on QoS Grade
Prerequisite Features
None
Mutually Exclusive Features
None
Impacted Features
None
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 7 Related Features
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
66
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 73/210
8 Network Impact
8.1 LBFD-00300201 DiffServ QoS Support
System Capacity
No impact.
Network Performance
DiffServ QoS Support meets different QoS requirements of different services, prioritizing the
QoS requirements of high-priority services.
8.2 LOFD-00301101 Transport Overbooking
System Capacity
Transport Overbooking enables the network to admit services that would otherwise be refused
due to resource limits. Under Transport Overbooking, the sum of the maximum rates of all
admitted services can exceed the transport bandwidth.
Network Performance
No impact.
8.3 LOFD-00301102 Transport Differentiated Flow Control
System Capacity
No impact.
Network Performance
Transport Differentiated Flow Control enables eNodeBs to provide differentiated services andhelps ensure fairness among users.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 8 Network Impact
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
67
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 74/210
8.4 LOFD-00301103 Transport Resource Overload Control
System Capacity
When unexpected overloads occur, Transport Resource Overload Control can be used to
enhance transmission stability.
Network Performance
No impact.
8.5 LOFD-00301201 IP Performance Monitoring
System Capacity
No impact.
Network Performance
No impact.
8.6 LOFD-00301202 Transport Dynamic Flow Control
System Capacity
No impact.
Network Performance
In scenarios where transport bandwidths dynamically change, Transport Dynamic Flow
Control can be used to prevent network congestion and ensure transmission QoS.
8.7 LOFD-003016 Different Transport Paths based on QoSGrade
System Capacity
No impact.
Network Performance
No impact.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 8 Network Impact
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
68
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 75/210
9 Engineering Guidelines
This chapter provides engineering guidelines for transport resource management.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
69
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 76/210
9.1 When to Use Transport Resource Management
9.1.1 Transport Resource Configurations and Mapping
Physical Ports
For details about how to configure physical ports, see S1/X2 Self-Management Feature
Parameter Description and eX2 Self-Management Feature Parameter Description.
Transport Resource Groups
Each physical port has a default transport resource group. Before users modify the default
transport resource group or check the performance counters in the default transport resourcegroup, users must add the default transport resource group manually. In link mode, an IP path
that is not assigned to a dedicated transport resource group is by default managed by a default
transport resource group. In endpoint mode, an endpoint for user plane peer or end point
group that is not assigned to a dedicated transport resource group is by default managed by a
default transport resource group.
In RAN sharing scenarios, it is recommended that transport resource groups be specified for
each operator.
In cascading scenarios, a separate transport resource group must be configured for lower-level
eNodeBs. The lower-level eNodeBs do not share a group with the local eNodeB.
IP Paths
If the Different Transport Paths Based on QoS Grade feature is planned for a network, two
transport paths must be configured. Otherwise, only one transport path is required.
The Different Transport Paths Based on QoS Grade feature requires that a primary IP path and
a secondary IP path with different transport resource groups be configured between an
eNodeB and an S-GW. Traffic is divided between the two paths to ensure a fair usage of
primary and secondary resources. This feature also requires an extra IP address, which is used
as the local IP address of the secondary IP path. This feature is optional.
Endpoints
For details about how to configure endpoints, see S1/X2 Self-Management Feature Parameter
Description and eX2 Self-Management Feature Parameter Description.
DiffServ QoS
The mapping between services and transport resources is implemented based on the overall
DSCP plan to ensure DiffServ QoS. eNodeBs support the mapping function by default. The
mapping must be activated.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
70
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 77/210
9.1.2 Transport Load Control
Transport Admission Control
If transport resources are insufficient, an eNodeB controls access requests. By controllingaccess requests, the transport admission control feature ensures the transmission quality of
ongoing services.
This feature is enabled by default. It is recommended that this feature be kept enabled.
Transport Overbooking
As a benefit of transport admission control, transport overbooking can also be enabled. If the
activity factor for a type of service is less than 100%, overbooking works. If the activity factor
is 100%, however, overbooking does not work.
For transport resource groups, a smaller activity factor indicates a lower bandwidth reservedfor services and higher overbooking gains. A smaller activity factor also indicates a higher
probability that too many services are admitted and a lower probability that the quality of
services (such as GBR services) is ensured. Transport resource group overbooking is optional.
If physical port overbooking is used, the sum of the admission bandwidths of all the transport
resource groups on a physical port can be greater than the bandwidth of the physical port to
increase the system capacity. However, excessive services may be admitted. To control
service admission, you are advised to enable admission control on physical ports. To ensure
that non-GBR services can be admitted successfully and will not be preempted or released
when overload occurs, set the corresponding activity factor to 0.
Physical port overbooking is optional.
Transport Resource Preemption
To reduce service admission failures caused by insufficient transport resources, the eNodeB
can trigger transport resource preemption. This feature enables high-priority services to
preempt resources of low-priority services. This increases the access success rate for high-
priority services but increases the service drop rate for low-priority services.
This feature is optional and disabled by default.
Transport Load Reporting
The transport load reporting algorithm monitors system transport loads. If transport loads are
too high, this algorithm reports the load status to the transport overload control algorithm and
the radio interface load balancing algorithm. For details about the radio interface load
balancing algorithm, see Mobility Load Balancing Feature Parameter Description.
Transport load reporting is available only if the radio interface load balancing algorithm is
enabled.
Transport Overload Control
In a transport resource overload situation, the bandwidth reserved for ongoing services cannot
be ensured because of excessive transport loads. The transport overload control feature periodically checks whether transport resources are insufficient. If transport resources are
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
71
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 78/210
insufficient, the eNodeB releases preemptable services that have lower ARPs and request
higher bandwidth.
This feature is enabled by default. It is recommended that this feature be kept enabled.
9.1.3 Transport Congestion Control
Transport Differentiated Flow Control
The transport differentiated flow control feature ensures that the actual traffic volume does
not exceed the transport resource group bandwidth and physical port bandwidth. This prevents
network congestion and reduces packet loss. If this feature is used, bandwidths are
preferentially allocated to non-flow-controllable services. Then, provided that the Min_GBR
is ensured, the remaining bandwidths are allocated to flow-controllable services based on the
weight factors specified by the StandardQci.UlschPriorityFactor ,
ExtendedQci.UlschPriorityFactor , StandardQci. DlschPriorityFactor and
ExtendedQci. DlschPriorityFactor parameters. Transport differentiated flow control caninclude traffic shaping, queue scheduling and back-pressure. It is recommended that transport
differentiated flow control be enabled.
Transport Dynamic Flow Control
In scenarios where transport bandwidths dynamically change, the bandwidths available to
bottleneck transmission nodes on the transport network may be less than the TX bandwidths
configured for transport resource groups or LR bandwidths configured for physical ports on
the eNodeB. In this situation, if both admission control and flow control are performed on
transport resource groups based on the configured TX bandwidths, the transport network may
be congested. The transport dynamic flow control feature estimates the bottleneck bandwidth
of the transport network based on transmission quality monitored using IP PM. The TX ratesof the transport resource groups on interface boards in the eNodeB are adjusted dynamically
to limit the TX rates within the capacity of the bottleneck bandwidth.
Transport dynamic flow control prevents transport network congestion to ensure transmission
QoS in scenarios where transport bandwidths dynamically change. This feature increases
system overhead and requires that the EPC support IP PM. This feature is optional and
disabled by default.
9.2 Required Information
9.2.1 Transport Bandwidth Planned by Operators
The transport bandwidth between the eNodeB and the EPC affects the TX/RX bandwidth and
the transmission QoS policies of the eNodeB.
To prevent packet loss on transport links due to congestion where the transport bandwidth
planned by operators is insufficient, users can limit the rate on the eNodeB or limit the TX
bandwidth of transport resource groups.
9.2.2 Transport Resource Mapping
Transmission QoS planning of an operator must be obtained for transport resource mapping.The planning involves QCIs, DSCPs of signaling and service packets, and VLAN priorities.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
72
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 79/210
Transport resource mapping on the eNodeB side consists of the following:
l Mapping of control-plane packets, user-plane packets, OM packets, and IP clock packets
to DSCPs
l
Mapping of user data types to QCIs (including standardized and extended QCIs)l (Optional) Mapping of QCIs of user data types to IP paths
l Mapping of DSCPs to VLAN priorities
For more information, see section 3.6.2 Mapping Between Service Types and DSCPs.
9.3 Planning
To implement different transport paths, at least two local IP addresses must be planned for the
user plane. If two physical ports are involved in different transport paths, the two ports
provide outgoing traffic simultaneously. If only one physical port is involved in different
transport paths, this port provides outgoing traffic and two transport resource groups must be
configured on this port.
If different transport paths do not need to be implemented, no special network planning is
required.
9.4 Overall Deployment Procedure
None
9.5 Deployment of Transport Resource Configurations andMapping
9.5.1 Process
None
9.5.2 Requirements
Operating Environment
None
Transmission Networking
None
License
The operator has purchased and activated the license for the feature listed in following table.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
73
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 80/210
Feature ID Feature Name Model LicenseControl Item
NE Sales Unit
LOFD-0030
16
Different
Transport Paths
based on QoS
Grade
LTIS0D
TPQG0
0
Different
Transport Paths
based on QoS
Grade(FDD)
eNod
eB
per eNodeB
LOFD-0030
11
Enhanced
Transmission
QoS
Management(FD
D)
LT1SET
QOSM0
0
Enhanced
Transmission
QoS
Management(F
DD)
eNod
eB
per eNodeB
LOFD-0030
12
IP Performance
Monitoring
LT1S0I
PAPM0
0
IP Performance
Monitoring(FD
D)
eNod
eB
per eNodeB
9.5.3 Data Preparation
This section describes the data that you need to collect for setting parameters. Required data is
data that you must collect for all scenarios. Collect scenario-specific data when necessary for
a specific feature deployment scenario.
There are three types of data sources:
l Network plan (negotiation required): parameter values planned by the operator and
negotiated with the EPC or peer transmission equipment
l Network plan (negotiation not required): parameter values planned and set by the
operator
l User-defined: parameter values set by users
Required Data
Standardized QCIs and Extended QCIs
For details about data preparation for standardized QCIs and extended QCIs, see QoS
Management Feature Parameter Description.
Transport Resources
Parameters related to transport resource configuration are in the following managed objects
(MOs):
l IPPATH and RSCGRP
These two MOs are basic for user plane data transmission and transport resource
management.
l GTRANSPARA
In this MO, the rate mode can be set to single-rate mode or dual-rate mode. Different
modes require different transport load control and transport congestion controlalgorithms.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
74
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 81/210
l UDT, UDTPARAGRP, and DIFPRI
Parameters in these MOs determine how various types of services are mapped to
transport resources. Different QoS priorities are provided for different types of services.
l IPPATHRT
Parameters in this MO specify an IP path route for transport load balancing. This MO
along with the MOs DIFPRI, IPPATH, RSCGRP, UDT, and UDTPARAGRP
implement the Different Transport Paths Based on QoS Grade feature.
l EP2RSCGRP
Parameters in this MO can be configured to add the endpoint group containing the local
and peer user plane IP addresses to a user-defined transport resource group,
implementing the mapping between user plane data and a transport resource group.
Of the preceding parameters, only the parameters in the IPPATHRT MO are scenario-
specific. Other parameters are necessary for all scenarios. The following describes how to
collect data related to these MOs.
l Global Transport Parameters
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in the GTRANSPARA
MO to configure the global transport parameters within an eNodeB.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
75
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 82/210
ParameterName
ParameterID
Data Source Setting Notes
Resource
Group
Scheduling
Weight Switch
GTRANSPA
RA. LPSCHS
W
Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
For single-rate mode:
lIf you set this parameter toDISABLE(Disable), the
physical port overbooking
switches are turned off, the
physical port overbooking
switches are turned off, and
the total TX bandwidth of
the transport resource
groups is greater than that of
the physical port, then the
TX bandwidth allocated to a
group is directly
proportional to thatconfigured for this group.
l If you set this parameter to
ENABLE(Enable), the
physical port overbooking
switches are turned off, and
the total TX bandwidth of
the transport resource
groups is greater than that of
the physical port, then the
TX bandwidth allocated to a
group is directly
proportional to the
scheduling weight
configured for this group.
For dual-rate mode:
l If the total CIR bandwidth
of the transport resource
groups is greater than that of
the physical port, then the
CIR bandwidth allocated to
a group is directly
proportional to that
configured for this group.
l If the total CIR bandwidth
of the transport resource
groups is less than that of
the physical port and the
physical port overbooking
switches are turned off, the
non-CIR bandwidth
allocated to a group is
directly proportional to the
scheduling weight
configured for this group. In
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
76
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 83/210
ParameterName
ParameterID
Data Source Setting Notes
this case, the PIR bandwidth
is equal to the sum of the
CIR and allocated non-CIR
bandwidths.
Rate Config
Type
GTRANSPA
RA. RATECF
GTYPE
Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
Set this parameter based on the
network plan.
The default value is
SINGLE_RATE(Single Rate).
Set this parameter to
DUAL_RATE(Dual Rate) in
multi-operator scenarios where
more precise TRM is required.
l Transport Resource Groups for User Plane Data
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in RSCGRP MOs to
configure transport resource groups on the S1, X2, or eX2 user plane belong.
ParameterName
ParameterID
Data Source Setting Notes
Transport
Resource
Group ID
RSCGRP. R
SCGRPID
User-defined Set this parameter based on the
network plan.
It is recommended that
transport resource groups beconfigured separately for
different operators. If there is
no special requirement for a
default transport resource
group, this default group does
not need to be added. If
counters related to a default
transport resource group are
required, this default group
must be added.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
77
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 84/210
ParameterName
ParameterID
Data Source Setting Notes
Tx Bandwidth RSCGRP.T
XBW
Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
Set this parameter based on the
actual user-configured transport
bandwidth.
This parameter specifies the
maximum TX bandwidth of the
transport resource group. This
parameter is used for admission
control and traffic shaping.
This parameter is valid when
the
GTRANSPARA. RATECFGT
YPE parameter in the
GTRANSPARA MO is set to
SINGLE_RATE(SingleRate).
Rx Bandwidth RSCGRP. R
XBW
Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
Set this parameter based on the
actual user-configured transport
bandwidth.
This parameter specifies the
maximum RX bandwidth of the
transport resource group. This
parameter is used for admission
control. This parameter is valid
when the
GTRANSPARA. RATECFGT YPE parameter in the
GTRANSPARA MO is set to
SINGLE_RATE(Single
Rate).
TX Committed
Burst Size
RSCGRP.T
XCBS
Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
None
TX Excessive
Burst Size
RSCGRP.T
XEBS
Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
None
Operator ID RSCGRP.OI
D
Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
Set this parameter based on the
network plan.
This parameter specifies the
operator to which the transport
resource group belongs.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
78
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 85/210
ParameterName
ParameterID
Data Source Setting Notes
Scheduling
Weight
RSCGRP.W
EIGHT
Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
Set this parameter based on the
network plan.
This parameter specifies the
scheduling weight for the
transport resource group. This
weight is used if the total
bandwidth of the resource
groups on a physical port
exceeds the bandwidth of this
port. The default value is
recommended.
TX Committed
InformationRate
RSCGRP.T
XCIR
Network plan
(negotiation notrequired)
Set this parameter based on the
network plan.This parameter specifies the
TX CIR bandwidth of the
transport resource group. The
value indicates a TX rate
committed to the operator. This
parameter is used for uplink
admission control and
scheduling of non-flow-
controllable services. This
parameter is valid when the
GTRANSPARA. RATECFGT
YPE parameter in theGTRANSPARA MO is set to
DUAL_RATE(Dual Rate).
RX Committed
Information
Rate
RSCGRP. R
XCIR
Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
Set this parameter based on the
network plan.
This parameter specifies the
RX CIR bandwidth of the
transport resource group. The
value indicates an RX rate
committed to the operator. This
parameter is used for downlink
admission control of non-flow-
controllable services. This
parameter is valid when the
GTRANSPARA. RATECFGT
YPE parameter in the
GTRANSPARA MO is set to
DUAL_RATE(Dual Rate).
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
79
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 86/210
ParameterName
ParameterID
Data Source Setting Notes
TX Peak
Information
Rate
RSCGRP.T
XPIR
Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
Set this parameter based on the
network plan.
This parameter is used for
uplink admission control,
scheduling, and traffic shaping
of all services. This parameter
is valid when the
GTRANSPARA. RATECFGT
YPE parameter in the
GTRANSPARA MO is set to
DUAL_RATE(Dual Rate).
RX Peak
InformationRate
RSCGRP. R
XPIR
Network plan
(negotiation notrequired)
Set this parameter based on the
network plan.This parameter is used for
downlink admission control of
all services. This parameter is
valid when the
GTRANSPARA. RATECFGT
YPE parameter in the
GTRANSPARA MO is set to
DUAL_RATE(Dual Rate).
TX Peak Burst
Size
RSCGRP.T
XPBS
Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
None
NOTE
l For LTE, configure the CIR- and PIR-related parameters of the transport resource groups on the
physical ports of the backplane, and use the dual-rate mode. With these settings, LTE implements
admission control based on TX CIR, TX PIR, RX CIR, and RX PIR.
l If the GSM side manages a GSM/LTE dual-mode base station, set
BTSGTRANSPARA.RATECFGTYPE to DUAL_RATE(Dual Rate) and set the dual-rate-related
parameters using BTSIPLGCPORT.TXCIR , BTSIPLGCPORT.TXPIR ,
BTSIPLGCPORT.TXCBS , BTSIPLGCPORT.TXPBS, and BTSIPLGCPORT.WEIGHT for the
UTRPc. The parameter settings for the UTRPc enable the scheduling and rate limiting based on
RSCGRP.TXCIR, RSCGRP.TXPIR, RSCGRP.TXCBS , RSCGRP.TXPBS , andRSCGRP.WEIGHT for LTE. For details about the preceding GSM parameters, see BSC6900 GSM
Parameter Reference.
l IP Paths for User Plane Data
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in IPPATH MOs to
configure IP paths on the user plane between eNodeBs and S-GWs or between eNodeBs.
Parameter Name Parameter ID Data Source Setting Notes
IP Path ID IPPATH. PATHID User-defined Set this parameter
based on the
network plan.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
80
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 87/210
Parameter Name Parameter ID Data Source Setting Notes
Join Transport
Resource Group
IPPATH. JNRSCG
RP
Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
Set this parameter
based on the
network plan.
If this parameter is
set to
ENABLE(Enable)
, the IP path is
assigned to and
managed by a
dedicated transport
resource group. If
this parameter is
set to
DISABLE(Disable
), the IP path isassigned to and
managed by a
default transport
resource group. It
is recommended
that this parameter
be set to
ENABLE(Enable)
to facilitate
transport resource
management.
Transport Resource
Group ID
IPPATH. RSCGRP
ID
Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
Set this parameter
based on the
network plan.
This parameter
must be already set
in the associated
RSCGRP MO.
Local IP IPPATH. LOCALI
P
Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
Set this parameter
based on the
network plan.
This parameter
specifies the local
IP address of the IP
path. This
parameter must be
already set in the
associated DEVIP
MO.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
81
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 88/210
Parameter Name Parameter ID Data Source Setting Notes
Peer IP IPPATH. PEERIP Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
Set this parameter
based on the
network plan.
This parameter
specifies the IP
address of the peer
network element
(NE) (such as an S-
GW) of the IP path.
Path Type IPPATH. PATHTY
PE
Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
Set this parameter
based on the
network plan.
This parameter
specifies the DSCPtype of the IP path.
It is recommended
that this parameter
be set to
ANY(ANY QOS).
DSCP IPPATH. DSCP Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
Set this parameter
based on the
network plan.
If the
IPPATH. PATHTY
PE parameter is setto FIXED(FIXED
QOS), the
IPPATH. DSCP
parameter must be
set.
IPMUXSWITCH IPPATH. IPMUXS
WITCH
Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
Use the default
value.
l QoS Priorities for Different Services
The QoS priority must be configured for different services.
The priorities of the signaling, OM data, and IP clock packets are configured in the
DIFPRI MO. Default values are available for the parameters in this MO, and users can
modify the values but cannot add or remove such an MO.
The QoS priorities for services with QCIs 1 to 9 are configured in the UDT and
UDTPARAGRP MOs.
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in the DIFPRI MO.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
82
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 89/210
Parameter Name Parameter ID Data Source Setting Notes
Priority Rule DIFPRI. PRIRUL
E
Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
This parameter
specifies the rule
for prioritizing
traffic to meet
service
requirements. If
this parameter is
set to
IPPRECEDENC
E(IP Precedence),
the eNodeB
converts type of
service (ToS)
values to DSCPs
and then prioritizestraffic.
Signaling Priority DIFPRI. SIGPRI Network plan
(negotiation
required)
Set this parameter
based on the
network plan.
This parameter
specifies the QoS
priority of
signaling. The
default value is
recommended.
OM High Priority DIFPRI.OMHIG
HPRI
Network plan
(negotiation
required)
Set this parameter
based on the
network plan.
This parameter
specifies the QoS
priority of high-
level OM data. The
default value is
recommended.
OM Low Priority DIFPRI.OMLOW
PRI
Network plan
(negotiationrequired)
Set this parameter
based on thenetwork plan.
This parameter
specifies the QoS
priority of low-
level OM data, that
is, FTP services.
The default value is
recommended.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
83
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 90/210
Parameter Name Parameter ID Data Source Setting Notes
IP Clock Priority DIFPRI. IPCLKPR
I
Network plan
(negotiation
required)
Set this parameter
based on the
network plan.
This parameter
specifies the QoS
priority of IP clock
data. The default
value is
recommended.
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in the UDT MO.
Parameter Name Parameter ID Data Source Setting Notes
User Data Type
Number
UDT.UDTNO Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
This parameter
specifies the number
of a user data type,
which can be set to a
value indicating a
standardized or
extended QCI. The
default value is
recommended.
User Data Type
Transfer Parameter Group ID
UDT.UDTPARAGR
PID
Network plan
(negotiation notrequired)
This parameter
specifies the ID of the transport
parameter group
corresponding to a
user data type. Set
this parameter based
on the network plan.
The default value is
recommended.
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in the UDTPARAGRP MO.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
84
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 91/210
Parameter Name Parameter ID Data Source Setting Notes
User Data Type
Transfer Parameter
Group ID
UDTPARAGRP.U
DTPARAGRPID
Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
This parameter
specifies the ID of
the transport
parameter group
corresponding to a
user data type,
which has a one-to-
one mapping with
the
UDT.UDTPARAGR
PID parameter. The
default value is
recommended.
Priority UDTPARAGRP. P
RI
Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
This parameter
specifies the QoS
priority of the
transport parameter
group corresponding
to a user data type.
Set this parameter
based on the
network plan. The
default value is
recommended.
Primary Transport
Resource Type
UDTPARAGRP. P
RIMTRANRSCTYP
E
Network plan
(negotiation notrequired)
This parameter
specifies the type of primary transport
resource in the
transport parameter
group corresponding
to a user data type in
a hybrid
transmission
scenario. Set this
parameter based on
the network plan.
The default value is
recommended.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
85
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 92/210
Parameter Name Parameter ID Data Source Setting Notes
Primary Port Load
Threshold(%)
UDTPARAGRP. P
RIMPTLOADTH
Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
This parameter
specifies the primary
port load threshold
for the transport
parameter group
corresponding to a
user data type in a
hybrid transmission
scenario. Set this
parameter based on
the network plan.
The default value is
recommended.
Primary To
Secondary Port
Load Ratio
Threshold(%)
UDTPARAGRP. P
RIM2SECPTLOAD
RATH
Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
This parameter
specifies the
primary-to-
secondary port load
ratio threshold for
the transport
parameter group
corresponding to a
user data type in a
hybrid transmission
scenario. Set this
parameter based on
the network plan.The default value is
recommended.
l Mapping Between Endpoints and Transport Resource Groups
The mapping between endpoints and transport resource groups can be configured in an
EP2RSCGRP MO. If the mapping is not configured, the default transport resource group is
used. If the mapping is configured, the specified transport resource group is used. The
following table describes the parameters that must be set in the EP2RSCGRP MO.
Parameter Name Parameter ID Data Source Setting Notes
Node Identifier EP2RSCGRP. END
POINTID
Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
Use the default
value.
Transport Resource
Group ID
EP2RSCGRP. RSC
GRPID
Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
Use the default
value.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
86
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 93/210
Scenario-specific Data
To configure the Different Transport Paths Based on QoS Grade feature, the
UDTPARAGRP, DIFPRI, RSCGRP, IPPATH, and IPPATHRT MOs must be configured.
The configurations of the UDTPARAGRP, DIFPRI, RSCGRP, and IPPATH MOs are
already described in Required Data. The following table describes the parameters that must
be set in an IPPATHRT MO.
Different Transport Paths Based on QoS Grade
Parameter Name Parameter ID Data Source Setting Notes
Source IP IPPATHRT. SRCIP Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
Set this parameter
based on the
network plan.
This parameter
specifies the local IP
address of the IP path route. This
parameter must be
already set in the
associated DEVIP
MO.
Destination IP IPPATHRT. DSTIP Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
Set this parameter
based on the
network plan.
This parameter
specifies the
destination IP
address of the IP
path route.
Transport Resource
Type
IPPATHRT.TRAN
RSCTYPE
Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
Set this parameter
based on the
network plan.
Next Hop IP IPPATHRT. NEXT
HOPIP
Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
Set this parameter
based on the
network plan.
This parameter
specifies the next-hop IP address of
the IP path route.
9.5.4 Precautions
Before changing the TX or RX bandwidth of a default transport resource group, you must add
another default transport resource group. Otherwise, the change will fail.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
87
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 94/210
9.5.5 Hardware Adjustment
N/A
9.5.6 Initial ConfigurationUsing the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Newly Deployed eNodeBs
Enter the values of the parameters listed in Table 9-1 in a summary data file, which also
contains other data for the new eNodeBs to be deployed. Then, import the summary data file
into the Configuration Management Express (CME) for batch configuration. For detailed
instructions, see section "Creating eNodeBs in Batches" in the initial configuration guide for
the eNodeB.
The summary data file may be a scenario-specific file provided by the CME or a customized
file, depending on the following conditions:
l The managed objects (MOs) in Table 9-1 are contained in a scenario-specific summary
data file. In this situation, set the parameters in the MOs, and then verify and save the
file.
l Some MOs in Table 9-1 are not contained in a scenario-specific summary data file. In
this situation, customize a summary data file to include the MOs before you can set the
parameters.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
88
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 95/210
Table 9-1 Parameters related to transport resource configurations and mapping
MO Sheet in theSummary DataFile
Parameter Group Remarks
RSCGRP Base Station
Transport Data or
user-defined sheet
Cabinet No.,
Subrack No., Slot
No., Transport
Resource Group
Bear Type,
Subboard Type,
Bearing Port Type,
Bearing Port No.,
Transport Resource
Group ID, Rate
Unit, Tx
Bandwidth, RxBandwidth, TX
Committed Burst
Size(Kbit), TX
Excessive Burst
Size(Kbit),
Operator ID,
Scheduling Weight,
TX Committed
Information Rate,
RX Committed
Information Rate,
TX Peak Information Rate,
RX Peak
Information Rate,
TX Peak Burst
Size(Kbit)
The summary data
file needs to be
customized based
on the template
named
En_Basic_eRAN_
Sharing_Link.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
89
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 96/210
MO Sheet in theSummary DataFile
Parameter Group Remarks
IPPATH IP Path Cabinet No.,
Subrack No., Slot
No., Subboard
Type, Port No., IP
Path ID, Join
Transport Resource
Group, Transport
Resource Group
ID, Path Type,
DSCP, Local IP,
Peer IP, Transport
Resource Type,
Path check,IPMUX Switch
Flag, Max
Subframe length,
Max frame length,
Max Timer,
Description Info
-
GTRANSPARA Base Station
Transport Data or
user-defined sheet
Resource Group
Scheduling Weight
Switch, Rate
Config Type
The summary data
file needs to be
customized based
on the template
namedEn_Basic_eRAN_
Sharing_Link.
DIFPRI Base Station
Transport Data
Priority Rule,
Signaling Priority,
OM High Priority,
OM Low Priority,
IP Clock Priority
The summary data
file needs to be
customized based
on the template
named
En_Basic_eRAN_
Sharing_Link.
IPPATHRT Base Station
Transport Data or user-defined sheet
Source IP,
Destination IP,Transport Resource
Type, Next Hop IP
The summary data
file needs to becustomized based
on the template
named
En_Basic_eRAN_
Sharing_Link.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
90
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 97/210
MO Sheet in theSummary DataFile
Parameter Group Remarks
UDT Base Station
Transport Data or
user-defined sheet
User Data Type
number, User Data
Type Transfer
Parameter Group
ID.
The summary data
file needs to be
customized based
on the template
named
En_Basic_eRAN_
Sharing_Link.
UDTPARAGRP Base Station
Transport Data or
user-defined sheet
User Data Type
Transfer Parameter
Group ID., Priority
Rule, Priority, Act
Factor, Primary
Transport Resource
Type, Primary Port
Load Threshold,
Primary To
Secondary Port
Load Ratio
Threshold, Flow
Control Type
The summary data
file needs to be
customized based
on the template
named
En_Basic_eRAN_
Sharing_Link.
Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Existing eNodeBs
Batch reconfiguration using the CME is the recommended method to activate a feature on
existing eNodeBs. This method reconfigures all data, except neighbor relationships, for
multiple eNodeBs in a single procedure. The procedure is as follows:
Step 1 Customize a summary data file with the MOs and parameters listed in section "Using the
CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Newly Deployed eNodeBs". For online help, press
F1 when a CME window is active, and select Managing the CME > CME Guidelines >
LTE Application Management > eNodeB Related Operations > Customizing a Summary
Data File for Batch eNodeB Configuration.
Step 2 Choose CME > LTE Application > Export Data > Export Base Station Bulk
Configuration Data (U2000 client mode), or choose LTE Application > Export Data >Export Base Station Bulk Configuration Data (CME client mode), to export the eNodeB
data stored on the CME into the customized summary data file.
Step 3 In the summary data file, set the parameters in the MOs according to the setting notes
provided in section "Data Preparation" and close the file.
Step 4 Choose CME > LTE Application > Import Data > Import Base Station Bulk
Configuration Data (U2000 client mode), or choose LTE Application > Import Data >
Import Base Station Bulk Configuration Data (CME client mode), to import the summary
data file into the CME, and then start the data verification.
Step 5 After data verification is complete, choose CME > Planned Area > Export Incremental
Scripts (U2000 client mode), or choose Area Management > Planned Area > ExportIncremental Scripts (CME client mode), to export and activate the incremental scripts. For
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
91
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 98/210
detailed operations, see Managing the CME > CME Guidelines > Script File Management
> Exporting Incremental Scripts from a Planned Data Area in the CME online help.
----End
Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration
On the CME, set the parameters listed in the "Data Preparation" section for a single eNodeB.
The procedure is as follows:
Step 1 In the planned data area, click Base Station in the upper left corner of the configuration
window.
Step 2 In area 1 shown in Figure 9-1, select the eNodeB to which the MOs belong.
Figure 9-1 MO search and configuration window
Step 3 On the Search tab page in area 2, enter an MO name, for example, CELL.
Step 4 In area 3, double-click the MO in the Object Name column. All parameters in this MO are
displayed in area 4.
Step 5 Set the parameters in area 4 or 5.
Step 6 Choose CME > Planned Area > Export Incremental Scripts (U2000 client mode), or choose
Area Management > Planned Area > Export Incremental Scripts (CME client mode), to
export and activate the incremental scripts.
----End
Using MML Commands
In endpoint mode, run the ADD EPGROUP, ADD USERPLANEHOST, ADDUSERPLANEPEER , ADD UPHOST2EPGRP, ADD UPPEER2EPGRP, and ADD S1
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
92
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 99/210
commands to configure transport links for user plane data. For details, see S1/X2 Self-
Management Feature Parameter Description.
In link mode, the configuration procedure is as follows:
Step 1 Run the SET GTRANSPARA command to set the rate mode for the eNodeB and thescheduling weight switch for transport resource groups.
Step 2 Run the ADD RSCGRP command to add a transport resource group for user plane resource
management.
Step 3 Run the ADD IPPATH command to add an IP path.
Step 4 Run the SET DIFPRI command to set the priorities of the signaling, OM, and IP clock
services. Run the MOD UDT and MOD UDTPARAGRP commands to set the priorities of
differentiated user data.
Unless there are special requirements, retain the default values.
Step 5 Run the ADD IPPATHRT command to add an IP path route.
Assume that the RSCGRP MO required for the Different Transport Paths Based on QoS
Grade feature has been configured in Step 2 and high- and low-quality IP paths have been
configured in Step 3. Ensure that two IP paths are added to different transport resource
groups.
----End
MML Command ExamplesSET GTRANSPARA: LPSCHSW=ENABLE, RATECFGTYPE=SINGLE_RATE;
ADD RSCGRP: SN=7, BEAR=IP, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, RSCGRPID=0, RU=KBPS,
TXBW=100000, RXBW=100000, TXCBS=120000, TXEBS=120000, TXCIR=80000, RXCIR=80000,
TXPIR=100000, RXPIR=100000, TXPBS=120000;ADD IPPATH: PATHID=0, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, JNRSCGRP=ENABLE,
LOCALIP="172.168.1.235", PEERIP="172.169.2.4", PATHTYPE=ANY, DESCRI="ippath 0 for
cn 0";
ADD IPPATH: PATHID=1, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, JNRSCGRP=ENABLE,LOCALIP="172.168.1.35", PEERIP="172.169.2.4", PATHTYPE=ANY, DESCRI="ippath 0 for
cn 0";
(Set the priorities of the signaling)SET DIFPRI: PRIRULE=DSCP, SIGPRI=48,
OMHIGHPRI=48, OMLOWPRI=14, IPCLKPRI=48;(Set the priorities of differentiated user data)MOD UDT: UDTNO=1, UDTPARAGRPID=40;
(Set the priorities of differentiated user data)MOD UDTPARAGRP: UDTPARAGRPID=40,
PRIRULE=DSCP, PRI=46;ADD IPPATHRT: SRCIP="172.168.1.235", DSTIP="172.169.2.4", TRANRSCTYPE=HQ,
NEXTHOPIP="172.168.0.1";
ADD IPPATHRT: SRCIP="172.168.1.135", DSTIP="172.169.2.4", TRANRSCTYPE=LQ,
NEXTHOPIP="172.168.0.1";
9.5.7 Activation Observation
Note that:
l An S1 tracing task must be created and started on the U2000.
l An IP layer protocol tracing task must be created and started on the U2000.
l The methods used to access a cell and set up a dedicated bearer depend on the type of
UE. For detailed operations, see the user guide provided by the UE manufacturer.
l The methods used to inject UDP packets into the uplink and downlink depend on the
injection tools and data types. User Datagram Protocol (UDP) packet injection is used asan example in this section.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
93
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 100/210
Transport Resource Configurations and Mapping
Prerequisites
l The cell status is normal.
l The eNodeB works in single-rate mode.
l The QCI of the default bearer for a UE is already determined by the EPC during UE
registration. The following activation observation procedure uses the default bearer with
a QCI of 9 as an example.
Unless there are special requirements, activation observation is performed in single-rate
mode. To set the rate mode for the eNodeB, run the SET GTRANSPARA command.
Procedure
The procedure for activation observation is as follows:
Step 1 Enable a UE to access the cell, with a default bearer set up for the UE. View messages traced
over the S1 interface.
1. Start a tracing task on the U2000 to trace messages over the S1 interface.
2. Enable a UE to access the cell, with a default bearer set up for the UE.
3. View messages over the S1 interface. Transport resource configurations and mapping
take effect if the QoS parameter settings for the bearer whose eRAB-ID is 5 in an
S1AP_INITIAL_CONTEXT_SETUP_REQ message are the same as those in the
network plane, as shown in Figure 9-2.
Figure 9-2 Example of an S1AP_INITIAL_CONTEXT_SETUP_REQ message
Step 2 Start uplink and downlink UDP packet injection to check whether the mapping between
services and transport resources is correct.
1. Run the MOD UDTPARAGRP command to set the activity factor for QCI 9 to 100%.
2. Enable the UE to exit from the E-UTRAN and then access the E-UTRAN, and start
uplink and downlink UDP packet injection at a rate of 5 Mbit/s.
3. Run the LST STANDARDQCI command to check the flow control type for services
with a QCI of 9 and the minimum uplink and downlink guaranteed rates at theapplication layer.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
94
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 101/210
4. Verify that services with a QCI of 9 are flow-controllable and the minimum uplink and
downlink guaranteed rates are 2 Mbit/s.
5. Run the following commands to view the transport resource mapping and statistics, as
shown in the following example command outputs:
l In link mode, run the DSP IPPATH and DSP RSCGRP commands.
l In endpoint mode, run the DSP RSCGRP command.
Transport resource configurations and mapping take effect if both the following two
conditions are met:
l The non-real-time reserved TX and RX bandwidths are consistent with the minimum
uplink and downlink guaranteed rate for the QCI of 9.
l The non-real-time TX and RX bandwidths are consistent with the actual rate for uplink
and downlink UDP packet injection.
DSP IPPATH:PATHID=0;
%%DSP IPPATH:PATHID=0;%%
RETCODE = 0 Operation succeeded.
DSP IP Path Result
------------------
Path ID = 0
TX Bandwidth(Kbit/s) = 5343 RX Bandwidth(Kbit/s) = 5352
Non-Realtime Reserved TX Bandwidth(Kbit/s) = 2053
Non-Realtime Reserved RX Bandwidth(Kbit/s) = 2053 Realtime TX Bandwidth(Kbit/s) = 0
Realtime RX Bandwidth(Kbit/s) = 0
Non-Realtime TX Bandwidth(Kbit/s) = 5343
Non-Realtime RX Bandwidth(Kbit/s) = 5352 Transport Resource Type = High Quality
IP Path Check Result = Normal
IPMUX Switch Flag = Disable
(Number of results = 1)DSP RSCGRP:SN=7,BEAR=IP,SBT=BASE_BOARD,PT=ETH,RSCGRPID=0;
%%DSP RSCGRP:SN=7,BEAR=IP,SBT=BASE_BOARD,PT=ETH,RSCGRPID=0;%%
RETCODE = 0 Operation succeeded.
Display Transmission Resource Group Status
------------------------------------------
Cabinet No. = 0 Subrack No. = 0
Slot No. = 7
Transmission Resource Group Bear Type = IP
Subboard Type = Base Board Bearing Port Type = Ethernet Port
Bearing Port No. = 0
Transmission Resource Group ID = 0
Rate Unit = Kbit/s Realtime TX Bandwidth = 0
Realtime RX Bandwidth = 0
Non-Realtime TX Bandwidth = 5313
Non-Realtime RX Bandwidth = 1058 Non-Realtime Reserved TX Bandwidth = 2106
Non-Realtime Reserved RX Bandwidth = 2106
Tx Bandwidth = 10000 Rx Bandwidth = 10000
Tx Bandwidth Used = NULL
Rx Bandwidth Used = NULL
Tx Bandwidth Usable = NULL Rx Bandwidth Usable = NULL
GBR Tx Bandwidth = 0
GBR Rx Bandwidth = 0
Rate Configuration Type = Single Rate
UL Admission Bandwidth = 10000 DL Admission Bandwidth = 10000
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
95
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 102/210
UL CIR Admission Bandwidth = NULL
DL CIR Admission Bandwidth = NULL UL PIR Admission Bandwidth = NULL
DL PIR Admission Bandwidth = NULL
Realtime Tx Traffic(byte/s) = 674828
(Number of results = 1)
Step 3 Set up a dedicated bearer with a QCI of 3 for the UE to check whether QoS parameters related
to the dedicated bearer take effect as planned.
1. Set up the dedicated bearer with a QCI of 3 for the UE.
2. View the QoS parameters that the bearer setup request contains in an
S1AP_ERAB_SETUP_REQ message. Transport resource configurations and mapping
take effect if the result is consistent with the information shown in Figure 9-3.
Figure 9-3 Example of an S1AP_ERAB_SETUP_REQ message
Step 4 Stop UDP packet injection started in Step 2. Start UDP packet injection on the dedicated
bearer with a QCI of 3. If the bearer configurations and mapping are consistent with the actual
result, transport resource configurations and mapping take effect. Then, start uplink and
downlink UDP packet injection at rates of 1 Mbit/s and 4 Mbit/s, respectively.
If the UDP packet injection rates are consistent with the traffic statistics, as shown in the
following example command outputs, transport resource configurations and mapping take
effect.
Uplink and downlink GBR services are non-flow-controllable, and real-time traffic is
measured by bandwidth.
The rates of uplink and downlink UDP packet injection at the application layer need to be
converted to the bandwidths of transport resource groups at the data link layer. The queried
TX and RX bandwidths are greater than 1 Mbit/s and 4 Mbit/s, respectively.
DSP IPPATH:PATHID=0;O&M #92989
%%DSP IPPATH:PATHID=0;%%
RETCODE = 0 Operation succeeded.
DSP IP Path Result
------------------
Path ID = 0
TX Bandwidth(Kbit/s) = 1064
RX Bandwidth(Kbit/s) = 4256Non-Realtime Reserved TX Bandwidth(Kbit/s) = 2053
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
96
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 103/210
Non-Realtime Reserved RX Bandwidth(Kbit/s) = 2053
Realtime TX Bandwidth(Kbit/s) = 1064 Realtime RX Bandwidth(Kbit/s) = 4256
Non-Realtime TX Bandwidth(Kbit/s) = 0
Non-Realtime RX Bandwidth(Kbit/s) = 0
Transport Resource Type = High Quality
IP Path Check Result = Normal IPMUX Switch Flag = Disable
(Number of results = 1)DSP RSCGRP:SN=7,BEAR=IP,SBT=BASE_BOARD,PT=ETH,RSCGRPID=0;
%%DSP RSCGRP:SN=7,BEAR=IP,SBT=BASE_BOARD,PT=ETH,RSCGRPID=0;%%
RETCODE = 0 Operation succeeded.
Display Transmission Resource Group Status
------------------------------------------
Cabinet No. = 0
Subrack No. = 0 Slot No. = 7
Transmission Resource Group Bear Type = IP
Subboard Type = Base Board
Bearing Port Type = Ethernet Port Bearing Port No. = 0
Transmission Resource Group ID = 0
Rate Unit = Kbit/s Realtime TX Bandwidth = 1063
Realtime RX Bandwidth = 4256
Non-Realtime TX Bandwidth = 0
Non-Realtime RX Bandwidth = 0 Non-Realtime Reserved TX Bandwidth = 2053
Non-Realtime Reserved RX Bandwidth = 2053
Tx Bandwidth = 10000
Rx Bandwidth = 10000 Tx Bandwidth Used = NULL
Rx Bandwidth Used = NULL
Tx Bandwidth Usable = NULL
Rx Bandwidth Usable = NULL GBR Tx Bandwidth = 1063
GBR Rx Bandwidth = 4256 Rate Configuration Type = Single Rate UL Admission Bandwidth = 10000
DL Admission Bandwidth = 10000
UL CIR Admission Bandwidth = NULL
DL CIR Admission Bandwidth = NULL UL PIR Admission Bandwidth = NULL
DL PIR Admission Bandwidth = NULL
Realtime Tx Traffic(byte/s) = 664878
(Number of results = 1)
Step 5 Check whether the DSCP in the packet sent from the eNodeB is the same as that is configured
in the DIFPRI and UDTPARAGRP MOs.
1. On the U2000 client, choose Monitor > Signaling Trace > Signaling Trace
Management, and then in the navigation tree of the Signaling Trace Management tab page, choose Trace Type > Base Station Device and Transport > Transport Trace >
IP layer protocol trace to create an IP tracing task.
As shown in Figure 9-4, the Type Of Service value for the UDP packet injection with
QCI 3 is 136, and that for the SCTP packet is 184. According to the mapping between
types of services and DSCPs, the DSCPs for the UDP and SCTP packets are 34 (136/4)
and 46 (184/4), respectively.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
97
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 104/210
Figure 9-4 IP tracing result
2. Run the LST DIFPRI and LST UDTPARAGRP commands to query the DSCPs of the
user data of QCI 3 and signaling.
LST DIFPRI:;
%%LST DIFPRI:;%%
RETCODE = 0 Operation succeeded.
List the Differentiated Service Priority Configuration Data
-----------------------------------------------------------
Priority Rule = DSCP
Signaling Priority = 46 OM High Priority = 18
OM Low Priority = 18
IP Clock Priority = 46(Number of results = 1)
LST UDTPARAGRP:UDTPARAGRPID=42;
%%LST UDTPARAGRP:UDTPARAGRPID=42;%%RETCODE = 0 Operation succeeded.
List User Data Type Parameter Group----------------------------------- User Data Type Transfer Parameter Group ID. = 42
Priority Rule = DSCP
Priority = 34
Act Factor(%) = 100 Primary Transport Resource Type = High Quality
Primary Port Load Threshold(%) = 100
Primary To Secondary Port Load Ratio Threshold(%) = 0(Number of results = 1)
The command output indicates that the DSCPs are the same as those traced in the IP tracing
task. Therefore, the DSCP settings take effect.
----End
Different Transport Paths Based on QoS Grade
Prerequisites
l Scenarios in single-rate mode are as follows:
– The TX or RX bandwidth of transport resource group 0 is 10 Mbit/s. IP path 0 with
high quality joins in transport resource group 0.
– The TX or RX bandwidth of transport resource group 1 is 10 Mbit/s. IP path 1 with
low quality joins in transport resource group 1.
l
Two IP paths (IP path 0 and IP path 1) are added by running the ADD IPPATHRTcommand with their QoS grades set to high and low, respectively.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
98
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 105/210
l For services with a QCI of 9, set activity factor to 100%, set primary transport resource
type to HQ(High Quality), set primary port load threshold to 30% and set primary-to-
secondary port load ratio threshold to 100% by running the MOD UDTPARAGRP
command.
lThe QCI of the default bearer is 9. The MOD STANDARDQCI command can be usedto set the minimum TX or RX guaranteed rate to 2 Mbit/s for services with a QCI of 9.
Procedure
The procedure for activation observation is as follows:
Step 1 Run the LST DIFPRI command to query the parameters for DiffServ. Then, record the
parameter values.
Step 2 Run the DSP RSCGRP command whether the default bearer joins in the transport resource
group that contains the primary IP path. If so, the Different Transport Paths Based on QoS
Grade feature takes effect.
The following explains why the default bearer should join this group.
The Min_GBR is 2 Mbit/s. The load ratio of the group is: 2/10 x 100% = 20%
This ratio is lower than the primary port load threshold 30%. Therefore, the default bearer
should join the primary group.
Step 3 Run the MOD UDTPARAGRP command to set the primary port load threshold to 10% for
services with a QCI of 9.
MOD UDTPARAGRP: UDTPARAGRPID=48, PRIRULE=DSCP, PRIMPTLOADTH=10;
Step 4 Enable the UE to exit from the E-UTRAN and then access the E-UTRAN. Then, perform
Step 2 and check whether the traffic that requires the Min_GBR on the default bearer is
shared by the secondary IP path 1.
After the UE accesses the cell, the expected result is that the load ratio of the transport
resource group that contains the primary IP path is equal to 20%, which is 10% higher than
the primary port load threshold.
If the results of both this step and Step 2 are as expected, the Different Transport Paths Based
on QoS Grade feature takes effect.
Step 5 Run the MOD UDTPARAGRP command to restore the parameter settings to the values
recorded in Step 1.
MOD UDTPARAGRP: UDTPARAGRPID=48, PRIRULE=DSCP, PRIMPTLOADTH=30;
----End
9.5.8 Reconfiguration
N/A
9.5.9 Deactivation
Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration
Batch reconfiguration using the CME is the recommended method to deactivate a feature on
eNodeBs. This method reconfigures all data, except neighbor relationships, for multipleeNodeBs in a single procedure. The procedure for feature deactivation is similar to that for
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
99
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 106/210
feature activation described in "Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for
Existing eNodeBs" In the procedure, modify parameters according to Table 9-2.
Table 9-2 Parameters related to transport resource configurations and mapping
MO Sheet in theSummary DataFile
Parameter Group Setting Notes
IPPATHRT Base Station
Transport Data or
user-defined sheet
Source IP,
Destination IP,
Transport Resource
Type, Next Hop IP
Remove all routes
for hybrid
transmission.
IPPATH IP Path Cabinet No.,
Subrack No., Slot
No., Subboard Type,
Port No.,IP Path ID, Join
Transport Resource
Group, Transport
Resource Group ID,
Path Type, DSCP,
Local IP, Peer IP,
Transport Resource
Type, Path check,
IPMUX Switch
Flag, Max Subframe
length, Max frame
length, Max Timer,
Description Info
Remove the standby
IP path.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
100
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 107/210
MO Sheet in theSummary DataFile
Parameter Group Setting Notes
RSCGRP Base Station
Transport Data or
user-defined sheet
Cabinet No.,
Subrack No., Slot
No., Transport
Resource Group
Bear Type,
Subboard Type,
Bearing Port Type,
Bearing Port No.,
Transport Resource
Group ID, Rate
Unit, Tx Bandwidth,
Rx Bandwidth, TX
Committed BurstSize(Kbit), TX
Excessive Burst
Size(Kbit), Operator
ID, Scheduling
Weight, TX
Committed
Information Rate,
RX Committed
Information Rate,
TX Peak
Information Rate,
RX Peak Information Rate,
TX Peak Burst
Size(Kbit)
Remove the
transport resource
group corresponding
to the standby IP
path.
Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration
On the CME, set parameters according to Table 9-2. For detailed instructions, see "Using the
CME to Perform Single Configuration" described for feature activation.
Using MML Commands
l To deactivate Different Transport Paths Based on QoS Grade, perform the following
steps:
Step 1 Run the RMV IPPATHRT command to remove all routes for hybrid transmission.
Step 2 Run the RMV IPPATH command to remove the standby IP path, which has a lower quality.
Step 3 Run the RMV RSCGRP command to remove the transport resource group corresponding to
the standby IP path.
----End
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
101
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 108/210
l To deactivate the function of assigning IP paths to a dedicated transport resource group
in link mode, run the MOD IPPATH command.
l To deactivate the function of assigning user plane data to a dedicated transport resource
group in endpoint mode, run the RMV EP2RSCGRP command.
l No operation can be performed to deactivate transport resource mapping.
MML Command Examples
l Deactivating Different Transport Paths Based on QoS Grade
RMV IPPATHRT: VRFIDX=0, SRCIP="172.168.1.35", DSTIP="172.169.2.4";RMV IPPATH: PATHID=1;
RMV RSCGRP: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, BEAR=IP, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0, RSCGRPID=0;
l Deactivating the function of assigning IP paths to a dedicated transport resource group in
link mode
MOD IPPATH: PATHID=0, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0, JNRSCGRP=DISABLE;
RMV RSCGRP: CN=0, SRN=0, SN=7, BEAR=IP, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0, RSCGRPID=0;
l Deactivating the function of assigning user plane data to a dedicated transport resource
group in endpoint mode
RMV EP2RSCGRP: ENDPOINTID=0, SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, RSCGRPID=0;
9.6 Deployment of Transport Load Control
9.6.1 Process
None
9.6.2 Requirements
Operating Environment
None
Transmission Networking
None
License
The operator has purchased and activated the license for the feature listed in following table.
Feature ID FeatureName
Model LicenseControl Item
NE Sales Unit
LOFD-0030
11
Enhanced
Transmission
QoS
Management
LT1SETQ
OSM00
Enhanced
Transmission
QoS
Management(F
DD)
eNode
B
per eNodeB
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
102
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 109/210
9.6.3 Data Preparation
The parameters for transport load control are all scenario-specific.
Rate Limiting on Physical Ports
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in an LR MO to configure rate
limiting on a physical port, which is the basis of traffic shaping and admission control on this
physical port. This MO cannot be added or removed. It can only be modified.
ParameterName
ParameterID
DataSource
Setting Notes
LR Switch LR . LRSW Network
plan
(negotiati
on notrequired)
Set this parameter based on the network
plan. If admission control on physical ports
is required, this parameter must be set to
ENABLE(Enable) to limit rates on physical ports. When the bandwidth of a transport
network is limited, rate limiting on physical
ports is necessary to prevent network
congestion and packet loss.
UL
Committed
Information
Rate
LR .CIR Network
plan
(negotiati
on not
required)
Set these parameters based on the network
plan. These parameters are valid when LR is
enabled. The LR .CIR parameter is
configured for uplink admission control and
traffic shaping. The LR . DLCIR parameter is
configured for downlink admission control.
It is recommended that LR .CBS be set to 1.5to 2 times the value of LR .CIR.
Committed
Burst Size
LR .CBS Network
plan
(negotiati
on not
required)
Excess Burst
Size
LR . EBS Network
plan
(negotiati
on not
required)
DL
CommittedInformation
Rate
LR . DLCIR Network
plan(negotiati
on not
required)
Admission Control on Transport Resource Groups
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in the TACALG MO to
configure uplink and downlink admission control switches for specified transport resource
groups and admission control thresholds for each QCI. This MO cannot be added or removed.It can only be modified.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
103
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 110/210
Parameter Name Parameter ID DataSource
Setting Notes
Resource Group Uplink
Admission Control
Algorithm Switch
TACALG. RSCGR
PULCACSWITCH
Network
plan
(negotiati
on not
required)
Set these parameters based
on the network plan. These
parameters specify whether
to enable uplink and
downlink admission control
on transport resource
groups. When the transport
bandwidth is insufficient,
setting these parameters to
ON(On) will enable
admission control over the
uplink and downlink based
on service priorities. The
admission bandwidth for services cannot exceed the
corresponding admission
threshold.
Resource Group
Downlink Admission
Control Algorithm
Switch
TACALG. RSCGR
PDLCACSWITCH
Network
plan
(negotiati
on not
required)
Uplink Handover
Service Admission
Threshold
TACALG.TRMUL
HOCACTH
Network
plan
(negotiati
on not
required)
Set these parameters based
on the network plan. These
parameters specify the
uplink and downlink
admission thresholds for
handover services. Their
default values are
recommended.
Downlink Handover
Service Admission
Threshold
TACALG.TRMDL
HOCACTH
Network
plan
(negotiation not
required)
Uplink Golden New
Service Admission
Threshold
TACALG.TRMUL
GOLDCACTH
Network
plan
(negotiati
on not
required)
Set these parameters based
on the network plan. These
parameters specify the
uplink and downlink
admission thresholds for
new services, including
gold, silver, and bronze
services. Their default
values are recommended.ARPs are used to distinguish
between gold, silver, and
bronze services.
Downlink Golden New
Service Admission
Threshold
TACALG.TRMDL
GOLDCACTH
Network
plan
(negotiation not
required)
Uplink Silver New
Service Admission
Threshold
TACALG.TRMUL
SILVERCACTH
Network
plan
(negotiati
on not
required)
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
104
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 111/210
Parameter Name Parameter ID DataSource
Setting Notes
Downlink Silver New
Service Admission
Threshold
TACALG.TRMDL
SILVERCACTH
Network
plan
(negotiati
on not
required)
Uplink Bronze New
Service Admission
Threshold
TACALG.TRMUL
BRONZECACTH
Network
plan
(negotiati
on not
required)
Downlink Bronze New
Service Admission
Threshold
TACALG.TRMDL
BRONZECACTH
Network
plan
(negotiation not
required)
Uplink GBR Service
Admission Threshold
TACALG.TRMUL
GBRCACTH
Network
plan
(negotiati
on not
required)
Set these parameters based
on the network plan. These
parameters specify the
uplink and downlink
admission thresholds for
GBR services. Their default
values are recommended.Downlink GBR Service
Admission Threshold
TACALG.TRMDL
GBRCACTH
Network
plan
(negotiation not
required)
Admission Control on Physical Ports
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in the TACALG MO to
configure admission control switches for physical ports.
Parameter Name Parameter ID DataSource
Setting Notes
Physical Port Up
Link Admission
Switch
TACALG. PORTULC
ACSW
Network
plan
(negotiati
on not
required)
Set these parameters based
on the network plan. These
parameters must be set to
ON(On) when uplink and
downlink admission control
is required over physical
ports.Physical Port Down
Link Admission
Switch
TACALG. PORTDLC
ACSW
Network
plan
(negotiati
on not
required)
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
105
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 112/210
Transport Resource Group Overbooking
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in the TACALG MO used to
configure activation factors for different user types.
Parameter Name Parameter ID DataSource
Setting Notes
User Data Type
Transfer Parameter
Group ID
UDTPARAGRP.UDT
PARAGRPID
Network
plan
(negotiati
on not
required)
This parameter specifies the
ID of the transport
parameter group
corresponding to a user data
type, which can be set to a
value from 1 to 9 and can be
queried in the UDT MO. Set
this parameter based on the
network plan. Unless
otherwise specified, retainthe default value.
Priority Rule UDTPARAGRP. PRIR
ULE
Network
plan
(negotiati
on not
required)
This parameter specifies the
QoS priority rule. Use the
default value.
Act Factor UDTPARAGRP. ACT
FACTOR
Network
plan
(negotiati
on notrequired)
Set this parameter based on
the network plan. The lower
the parameter value, the
more the admitted services but the more likely that
service bandwidths cannot
be guaranteed.
In eRAN3.0 and later, the
default value of this
parameter for services with
QCIs of 5 to 9 is 0, which
ensures the admission
success rate for non-GBR
services.
Physical Port Overbooking
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in the TACALG MO to
configure physical port overbooking switches.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
106
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 113/210
Parameter Name Parameter ID DataSource
Setting Notes
Physical Port Up
Link OverBooking
Switch
TACALG. PORTULO
BSW
Network
plan
(negotiati
on not
required)
Set these parameters based
on the network plan. Their
default values are
recommended. When
physical port overbooking is
enabled, the total bandwidth
allocated to resource groups
over a physical port can
exceed the bandwidth
configured for this physical
port. This makes more
efficient use of resources.
Physical Port Down
Link OverBooking
Switch
TACALG. PORTDLO
BSW
Network
plan
(negotiati
on not
required)
Transport Resource Preemption
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in the TACALG MO to
configure transport resource preemption switches.
Parameter Name Parameter ID DataSource
Setting Notes
Uplink Pre-emption
Algorithm Switch
TACALG.TRMULPR
ESW
Network
plan
(negotiation not
required)
Set these parameters based
on the network plan. By
default, these parameters areset to OFF(Off). Set these
parameters to ON(On) if
uplink and downlink
transport resource
preemption is required.
l When these parameters
are set to ON(On),
transport resource
preemption in the uplink
or downlink may bring
about an increased
admission success rate
for high-priority services
and an increased call
drop rate for low-priority
services.
l When these parameters
are set to OFF(Off),
transport resource
preemption in the uplink
transport bandwidth may
not ensure a high
admission success rate
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
107
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 114/210
Parameter Name Parameter ID DataSource
Setting Notes
Downlink Pre-
emption Algorithm
Switch
TACALG.TRMDLPR
ESW
Network
plan
(negotiati
on not
required)
for high-priority services,
but this does not increase
the call drop rate for low-
priority services.
Transport Load Reporting
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in the TLDRALG MO to
configure transport load reporting thresholds. The system supports load monitoring and load
reporting to the transport load control algorithm and radio interface load balancing algorithm.
This MO cannot be added or removed. It can only be modified. The eNodeB activatestransport load reporting if the radio interface load balancing algorithm exchanges load
information with other eNodeBs.
Parameter Name Parameter ID DataSource
Setting Notes
Uplink High Load
Trigger Threshold
TLDRALG.TRMULL
DRTRGTH
Network
plan
(negotiati
on not
required)
Set these parameters based
on the network plan. Their
default values are
recommended. Uplink
transport will enter the
heavy-load state if the proportion of the uplink
transport load to the uplink
transport bandwidth has
remained higher than
TLDRALG.TRMULLDRT
RGTH for a period.
Similarly, downlink
transport will enter the
heavy-load state if the
proportion of the downlink
transport load to the
downlink transport bandwidth has remained
higher than
TLDRALG.TRMDLLDRT
RGTH for a period. When
uplink or downlink transport
is in the heavy-load state, the
UL S1 TNL Load Indicator
or DL S1 TNL Load
Indicator sent to neighboring
eNodeBs over the X2
interface is HighLoad.
Downlink High Load
Trigger Threshold
TLDRALG.TRMDLL
DRTRGTH
Network
plan
(negotiati
on not
required)
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
108
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 115/210
Parameter Name Parameter ID DataSource
Setting Notes
Uplink High Load
Clear Threshold
TLDRALG.TRMULL
DRCLRTH
Network
plan
(negotiati
on not
required)
Set these parameters based
on the network plan. Their
default values are
recommended. Uplink
transport will enter the
medium-load state if the
proportion of the uplink
transport load to the uplink
transport bandwidth has
remained lower than
TLDRALG.TRMULLDRC
LRTH for a period.
Similarly, downlink
transport will enter themedium-load state if the
proportion of the downlink
transport load to the
downlink transport
bandwidth has remained
lower than
TLDRALG.TRMDLLDRC
LRTH for a period. When
uplink or downlink transport
is in the medium-load state,
the UL S1 TNL Load
Indicator or DL S1 TNLLoad Indicator sent to
neighboring eNodeBs over
the X2 interface is
MediumLoad.
Downlink High Load
Clear Threshold
TLDRALG.TRMDLL
DRCLRTH
Network
plan
(negotiati
on not
required)
Uplink Medium
Load Trigger
Threshold
TLDRALG.TRMUL
MLDTRGTH
Network
plan
(negotiati
on not
required)
Set these parameters based
on the network plan. Their
default values are
recommended.
Downlink Medium
Load Trigger
Threshold
TLDRALG.TRMDL
MLDTRGTH
Network
plan
(negotiati
on not
required)
Uplink Medium
Load Clear
Threshold
TLDRALG.TRMUL
MLDCLRTH
Network
plan
(negotiati
on not
required)
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
109
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 116/210
Parameter Name Parameter ID DataSource
Setting Notes
Downlink Medium
Load Clear
Threshold
TLDRALG.TRMDL
MLDCLRTH
Network
plan
(negotiati
on not
required)
Transport Resource Overload Control
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in the TOLCALG MO to
configure the transport resources overload algorithm. This MO cannot be added or removed.
It can only be modified.
Parameter Name Parameter ID DataSource
Setting Notes
Uplink OLC
Arithmetic Switch
TOLCALG.TRMUL
OLCSWITCH
Network
plan
(negotiati
on not
required)
Set these parameters based
on the network plan. The
recommended value for
them is ON(On).
TOLCALG.TRMULOLCS
WITCH is the switch for
uplink overload control, and
TOLCALG.TRMDLOLCS
WITCH is the switch for downlink overload control.
When the network is
congested due to changes in
the transport bandwidth or
increases in load caused by
non-flow-controllable
services, transport overload
control ensures quality for
high-priority services by
releasing resources of low-
priority services.
Downlink OLC
Arithmetic Switch
TOLCALG.TRMDL
OLCSWITCH
Network
plan
(negotiati
on not
required)
Uplink OLC Trigger
Threshold
TOLCALG.TRMUL
OLCTRIGTH
Network
plan
(negotiati
on not
required)
Set this parameter based on
the network plan. This
parameter specifies the
threshold for triggering
uplink overload control.
When the bandwidth
occupied by uplink services
reaches this threshold, low-
priority services are released
to ensure quality for high-
quality services.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
110
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 117/210
Parameter Name Parameter ID DataSource
Setting Notes
Uplink OLC Release
Threshold
TOLCALG.TRMUL
OLCRELTH
Network
plan
(negotiati
on not
required)
Set this parameter based on
the network plan. This
parameter specifies the
threshold for stopping
uplink overload control.
When the bandwidth
occupied by uplink services
falls to this threshold,
services are no longer
released.
Downlink OLC
Trigger Threshold
TOLCALG.TRMDL
OLCTRIGTH
Network
plan
(negotiati
on not
required)
Set this parameter based on
the network plan. This
parameter specifies the
threshold for triggering
downlink overload control.
When the bandwidth
occupied by downlink
services reaches this
threshold, low-priority
services are released to
ensure quality for high-
quality services.
Downlink OLC
Release Threshold
TOLCALG.TRMDL
OLCRELTH
Network
plan
(negotiation not
required)
Set this parameter based on
the network plan. This
parameter specifies thethreshold for stopping
downlink overload control.
When the bandwidth
occupied by downlink
services falls to this
threshold, services are no
longer released.
Number of Bearers
Released During
OLC
TOLCALG.TRMOLC
RELBEARERNUM
Network
plan
(negotiati
on notrequired)
Set this parameter based on
the network plan. This
parameter specifies the
number of bearers to bereleased in an overload
control period.
9.6.4 Precautions
It is recommended that you set the ARP of the default bearer to the highest priority during
subscription. It is also recommended that you set the Pre-emption Vulnerability field in the
ARP IE of the ARP to "not pre-emptable". Setting these parameters as recommended enables
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
111
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 118/210
you to avoid call drops due to the release of the default bearer during transport resource
overload.
Set the ARPs of the corresponding EPC NEs as expected before testing admission control,
overload control, or preemption.
9.6.5 Hardware Adjustment
N/A
9.6.6 Initial Configuration
Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Newly Deployed eNodeBs
Enter the values of the parameters listed in Table 9-3 in a summary data file, which also
contains other data for the new eNodeBs to be deployed. Then, import the summary data file
into the Configuration Management Express (CME) for batch configuration. For detailedinstructions, see section "Creating eNodeBs in Batches" in the initial configuration guide for
the eNodeB.
The summary data file may be a scenario-specific file provided by the CME or a customized
file, depending on the following conditions:
l The managed objects (MOs) in Table 9-3 are contained in a scenario-specific summary
data file. In this situation, set the parameters in the MOs, and then verify and save the
file.
l Some MOs in Table 9-3 are not contained in a scenario-specific summary data file. In
this situation, customize a summary data file to include the MOs before you can set the
parameters.
All the MOs listed in Table 9-3 except the IPPATH MO require a user-defined template.
Table 9-3 Parameters related to transport load control
MO Sheet in theSummary DataFile
Parameter Group Remarks
LR Base Station
Transport Data or
user-defined sheet
Cabinet No., Subrack No.,
Slot No., Subboard Type, Port
Type, Port No, LR Switch,
UL Committed InformationRate(Kbit/s), Committed
Burst Size(Kbit), Excess
Burst Size(Kbit), DL
Committed Information
Rate(Kbit/s)
The summary data
file needs to be
customized based on
the template namedEn_Basic_eRAN_S
haring_Link.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
112
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 119/210
MO Sheet in theSummary DataFile
Parameter Group Remarks
TACALG Base Station
Transport Data or
user-defined sheet
Resource Group Uplink
Admission Control Algorithm
Switch, Resource Group
Downlink Admission Control
Algorithm Switch, Uplink
Handover Service Admission
Threshold(%), Downlink
Handover Service Admission
Threshold(%), Uplink Golden
New Service Admission
Threshold(%), Downlink
Golden New Service
Admission Threshold(%),Uplink Silver New Service
Admission Threshold(%),
Downlink Silver New Service
Admission Threshold(%),
Uplink Bronze New Service
Admission Threshold(%),
Downlink Bronze New
Service Admission
Threshold(%), Uplink GBR
Service Admission
Threshold(%), Downlink
GBR Service AdmissionThreshold(%), Uplink Pre-
emption Algorithm Switch,
Downlink Pre-emption
Algorithm Switch, Physical
Port Up Link OverBooking
Switch, Physical Port Down
Link OverBooking Switch,
Physical Port Up Link
Admission Switch, Physical
Port Down Link Admission
Switch, Emergency Call
Preferential AdmissionSwitch
The summary data
file needs to be
customized based on
the template named
En_Basic_eRAN_S
haring_Link.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
113
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 120/210
MO Sheet in theSummary DataFile
Parameter Group Remarks
TLDRALG Base Station
Transport Data or
user-defined sheet
Uplink High Load Trigger
Threshold(%), Downlink
High Load Trigger
Threshold(%), Uplink High
Load Clear Threshold(%),
Downlink High Load Clear
Threshold(%), Uplink
Medium Load Trigger
Threshold(%), Downlink
Medium Load Trigger
Threshold(%), Uplink
Medium Load Clear
Threshold(%), Downlink Medium Load Clear
Threshold(%)
The summary data
file needs to be
customized based on
the template named
En_Basic_eRAN_S
haring_Link.
TOLCALG Base Station
Transport Data or
user-defined sheet
Uplink OLC Arithmetic
Switch, Downlink OLC
Arithmetic Switch, Uplink
OLC Trigger Threshold(%),
Uplink OLC Release
Threshold(%), OLC Release
Bearer No., Downlink OLC
Trigger Threshold(%),
Downlink OLC ReleaseThreshold(%)
The summary data
file needs to be
customized based on
the template named
En_Basic_eRAN_S
haring_Link.
IPPATH IP Path Cabinet No., Subrack No.,
Slot No., Subboard Type, Port
No.,
IP Path ID, Join Transport
Resource Group, Transport
Resource Group ID, Path
Type, DSCP, Local IP, Peer
IP, Transport Resource Type,
Path check, IPMUX Switch
Flag, Max Subframe length,Max frame length, Max
Timer, Description Info
-
Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Existing eNodeBs
Batch reconfiguration using the CME is the recommended method to activate a feature on
existing eNodeBs. This method reconfigures all data, except neighbor relationships, for
multiple eNodeBs in a single procedure. The procedure is as follows:
Step 1 Customize a summary data file with the MOs and parameters listed in section "Using theCME to Perform Batch Configuration for Newly Deployed eNodeBs". For online help, press
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
114
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 121/210
F1 when a CME window is active, and select Managing the CME > CME Guidelines >
LTE Application Management > eNodeB Related Operations > Customizing a Summary
Data File for Batch eNodeB Configuration.
Step 2 Choose CME > LTE Application > Export Data > Export Base Station Bulk
Configuration Data (U2000 client mode), or choose LTE Application > Export Data >Export Base Station Bulk Configuration Data (CME client mode), to export the eNodeB
data stored on the CME into the customized summary data file.
Step 3 In the summary data file, set the parameters in the MOs according to the setting notes
provided in section "Data Preparation" and close the file.
Step 4 Choose CME > LTE Application > Import Data > Import Base Station Bulk
Configuration Data (U2000 client mode), or choose LTE Application > Import Data >
Import Base Station Bulk Configuration Data (CME client mode), to import the summary
data file into the CME, and then start the data verification.
Step 5 After data verification is complete, choose CME > Planned Area > Export Incremental
Scripts (U2000 client mode), or choose Area Management > Planned Area > ExportIncremental Scripts (CME client mode), to export and activate the incremental scripts. For
detailed operations, see Managing the CME > CME Guidelines > Script File Management
> Exporting Incremental Scripts from a Planned Data Area in the CME online help.
----End
Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration
On the CME, set the parameters listed in the "Data Preparation" section for a single eNodeB.
The procedure is as follows:
Step 1 In the planned data area, click Base Station in the upper left corner of the configurationwindow.
Step 2 In area 1 shown in Figure 9-5, select the eNodeB to which the MOs belong.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
115
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 122/210
Figure 9-5 MO search and configuration window
Step 3 On the Search tab page in area 2, enter an MO name, for example, CELL.
Step 4 In area 3, double-click the MO in the Object Name column. All parameters in this MO are
displayed in area 4.
Step 5 Set the parameters in area 4 or 5.
Step 6 Choose CME > Planned Area > Export Incremental Scripts (U2000 client mode), or choose
Area Management > Planned Area > Export Incremental Scripts (CME client mode), to
export and activate the incremental scripts.
----End
Using MML Commands
Transport load control involves configuring the following functions:
l LR on Physical Ports
Run the SET LR command to configure LR on physical ports.
This configuration is used for traffic shaping and admission control on physical ports. It also
impacts bandwidth allocation of transport resources.
l Admission Control on Transport Resource Groups
Run the SET TACALG command to configure admission control on transport resource
groups by setting the uplink or downlink admission switch and threshold.
l Admission Control on Physical Ports
Run the SET TACALG command to enable admission control on physical ports.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
116
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 123/210
Both LR and TACALG MOs need to be configured. If the two MOs are not configured,
configure them by referring to LR on Physical Ports and Admission Control on
Transport... in this section.
l Transport Resource Group Overbooking
Step 1 Run the LST UDT command to query the ID of the transport parameter group corresponding
to a user data type.
Step 2 Run the MOD UDTPARAGRP command to configure transport resource group overbooking
by setting activity factors of the user data. Note that these factors will be included in
calculations of the bandwidth to be requested.
----End
l Physical Port Overbooking
Run the SET TACALG command to configure physical port overbooking.
Physical port overbooking works properly only when the sum of the bandwidths of transport
resource groups on a physical port is greater than the bandwidth of this physical port.
l Transport Resource Preemption
Run the SET TACALG command to enable transport resource preemption.
This function is triggered if admission fails on a physical port or transport resource groups on
this physical port. For this case, assume that admission control on the physical ports and
transport resource groups has been enabled.
l Load Reporting
Run the SET TLDRALG command to configure thresholds for entering medium-load andheavy-load states. Unless there are special requirements, retain the default values. Note that
the load status is always reported, and therefore enabling the switch for load reporting is not
required.
l Transport Overload Control
Run the SET TOLCALG command to turn on the overload control switch and set the
thresholds for triggering and releasing overload control.
MML Command Examples
l LR on Physical Ports
SET LR: SN=7, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, PN=0, LRSW=ENABLE, CIR=100000, CBS=200000,
EBS=150000;
l Admission Control on Transport Resource Groups
SET TACALG: RSCGRPULCACSWITCH=ON, RSCGRPDLCACSWITCH=ON, TRMULHOCACTH=95,TRMDLHOCACTH=95, TRMULGOLDCACTH=90, TRMDLGOLDCACTH=90, TRMULSILVERCACTH=85,
TRMDLSILVERCACTH=85, TRMULBRONZECACTH=85, TRMDLBRONZECACTH=85, TRMULGBRCACTH=80,
TRMDLGBRCACTH=80;
l Admission Control on Physical Ports
SET TACALG: PORTULCACSW=ON, PORTDLCACSW=ON;
l Transport Resource Group Overbooking
LST UDT;
MOD UDTPARAGRP: UDTPARAGRPID=40, PRIRULE=DSCP, ACTFACTOR=60;MOD UDTPARAGRP: UDTPARAGRPID=48, PRIRULE=DSCP, ACTFACTOR=60;
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
117
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 124/210
l Physical Port Overbooking
SET TACALG: PORTULOBSW=ON, PORTDLOBSW=ON;
l Transport Resource Preemption
SET TACALG: TRMULPRESW=ON, TRMDLPRESW=ON;
l Load Reporting
SET TLDRALG: TRMULLDRTRGTH=70, TRMDLLDRTRGTH=70, TRMULLDRCLRTH=65,
TRMDLLDRCLRTH=65, TRMULMLDTRGTH=50, TRMDLMLDTRGTH=50, TRMULMLDCLRTH=45,TRMDLMLDCLRTH=45;
l Transport Overload Control
SET TOLCALG: TRMULOLCSWITCH=ON, TRMDLOLCSWITCH=ON, TRMULOLCTRIGTH=95,
TRMULOLCRELTH=90, TRMDLOLCTRIGTH=95, TRMDLOLCRELTH=90, TRMOLCRELBEARERNUM=2;
9.6.7 Activation Observation
Note that:
l An S1 tracing task must be created and started on the U2000.
l The methods used to access a cell and set up a dedicated bearer depend on the type of
UE. For detailed operations, see the user guide provided by the UE manufacturer.
l The methods used to inject UDP packets into the uplink and downlink depend on the
injection tools and data types. User Datagram Protocol (UDP) packet injection is used as
an example in this section.
NOTE
Anonymization has been performed on S1 interface tracing tasks, and therefore no security risk exists.
Admission Control on Transport Resource GroupsThe procedure for activation observation is as follows:
Step 1 Run the DSP CELL command. If Cell instance state is Normal, the cell status is normal.
Step 2 Run the LST TACALG command. If Resource Group Uplink Admission Control
Algorithm Switch and Resource Group Downlink Admission Control Algorithm Switch
are On, transport admission control is enabled. Then, record all service admission thresholds.
Step 3 Run the SET TACALG command to set the thresholds for gold, silver, and bronze services to
0, and run the MOD UDTPARAGRP command to change the activity factor of the default
bearer to 100%.
Step 4 Start an S1 interface tracing task, and enable a UE to access the cell. If the UE cannot access
the cell, admission control on transport resource groups takes effect.
Step 5 Verify that the S1AP_INITIAL_CONTEXT_SETUP_FAIL message contains the cause value
"transport---transport- resource- unavailable."
Step 6 Run the SET TACALG command to set Resource Group Uplink Admission Control
Algorithm Switch and Resource Group Downlink Admission Control Algorithm Switch
to OFF(Off). Alternatively, set admission thresholds for gold, silver, and bronze services, or
retain the default admission thresholds.
Step 7 Perform Step 4 to enable the UE to access the cell. If the result is as expected, admissioncontrol on transport resource groups takes effect.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
118
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 125/210
Step 8 Run the SET TACALG command to restore the parameter settings to the values recorded in
Step 2.
----End
Admission Control on Physical Ports
The procedure for activation observation is as follows:
Step 1 Run the SET TACALG command to set Resource Group Uplink Admission Control
Algorithm Switch or Resource Group Downlink Admission Control Algorithm Switch to
OFF(Off).
Step 2 Run the LST TACALG command.
If Physical Port Up Link Admission Switch and Physical Port Down Link Admission
Switch parameters are On, admission control on physical ports is enabled. To simplify
activation observation, you are advised to set Physical Port Up Link OverBooking Switchand Physical Port Down Link OverBooking Switch to ON(On).
The transport resource group admission algorithm takes effect preferentially, which affects the
verification of the physical port admission algorithm.
Step 3 Run the LST LR command. If LR Switch is Enable, the LR function is enabled. Then,
record the limited bandwidth value.
Step 4 Start an S1 interface tracing task, and enable a UE to access the cell. View the QCI of the
default bearer in an S1AP_INITIAL_CONTEXT_SETUP_REQ message.
Step 5 Run the LST STANDARDQCI command to query the minimum uplink and downlink
guaranteed rates and record them. Run the MOD UDTPARAGRP command to change theactivity factor of the default bearer to 100%.
Step 6 Run the SET LR or MOD STANDARDQCI command. Ensure that the values of the
StandardQci.UlMinGbr and StandardQci. DlMinGbr parameters in the STANDARDQCI
MO are greater than the values of the LR .CIR and LR . DLCIR parameters in an LR MO,
respectively.
Step 7 Enable the UE to access the cell. If the access fails and the
S1AP_INITIAL_CONTEXT_SETUP_FAIL message traced over the S1 interface contains
the cause value "transport---transport- resource- unavailable", admission control on physical
ports takes effect.
Step 8 Run the SET LR or MOD STANDARDQCI command to restore the configurations of theLR and STANDARDQCI MOs.
Step 9 Enable the UE to access the cell again. If the results in Step 7 and this step are as expected,
admission control on physical ports takes effect.
----End
Transport Resource Group Overbooking
The procedure for activation observation is as follows:
Step 1 Start an S1 interface tracing task, and enable a UE to access the cell. View the QCI of thedefault bearer in an S1AP_INITIAL_CONTEXT_SETUP_REQ message.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
119
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 126/210
Step 2 Run the LST STANDARDQCI command to query the minimum uplink and downlink
guaranteed rates corresponding to the QCI of the default bearer.
Step 3 Run the LST UDTPARAGRP command to query the activity factor corresponding to the
QCI of the default bearer. Then, record the value.
Step 4 Run the MOD UDTPARAGRP command to set the activity factor to 50% corresponding to
the QCI of the default bearer.
Step 5 Enable the UE to access the cell again and run the DSP IPPATH command to query the
admission bandwidth of the default bearer. If the non-real-time reserved TX and RX
bandwidths are half of the minimum uplink and downlink guaranteed rates queried in Step 2,
respectively, transport resource group overbooking takes effect.
Step 6 Restore the setting of the activity factor to the value recorded in Step 3.
----End
Physical Port Overbooking
The procedure for activation observation is as follows:
Step 1 Run the LST TACALG command. If Physical Port Up Link OverBooking Switch and
Physical Port Down Link OverBooking Switch are On, uplink and downlink physical port
overbooking are enabled.
Step 2 Run the LST RSCGRP command to query the bandwidths configured for the transport
resource group. Then, record the values.
Step 3 Run the LST GTRANSPARA command to check the rate mode of the eNodeB.
Step 4 Run the LST LR command to check whether LR Switch is set to Enable. If the value isEnable, record the limited bandwidths. If the value is not Enable, go to the next step.
Step 5 Run the SET LR command to set LR Switch to ENABLE(Enable) and set UL Committed
Information Rate and DL Committed Information Rate to their minimum values. With
such settings, the uplink and downlink committed bandwidths of the physical port are
respectively lower than the total TX and RX bandwidths of the transport resource groups on
the physical port.
Step 6 Run the DSP RSCGRP command to query the admission bandwidths of the transport
resource group. If the values are consistent with the bandwidth values queried in Step 2,
physical port overbooking takes effect.
l In single-rate mode, query UL Admission Bandwidth and DL Admission Bandwidth.
l In dual-rate mode, query UL CIR Admission Bandwidth, DL CIR Admission
Bandwidth, UL PIR Admission Bandwidth, and DL PIR Admission Bandwidth.
Step 7 Run the SET TACALG command with Physical Port Up Link OverBooking Switch and
Physical Port Down Link OverBooking Switch set to OFF(Off).
Step 8 Repeat Step 6 to verify that the admission bandwidths of the transport resource group are
inconsistent with the bandwidths queried in Step 2.
Physical port overbooking has been disabled previously. Either in the uplink or downlink, if
the total bandwidth configured for the transport resource groups on the physical port is greater
than the limited bandwidth, the admission bandwidth is allocated based on the configured bandwidth and the resource group scheduling weight. The limited bandwidth has been set to
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
120
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 127/210
the minimum value in Step 5. Therefore, the admission bandwidth of a transport resource
group is much lower than the configured bandwidth; the admission bandwidth may be zero.
Step 9 Run the SET LR command to restore the parameter settings to the values recorded in Step 4.
----End
Transport Resource Preemption
Before verifying the transport resource preemption feature, query and set QoS parameters on
the EPC.
You can check the S1AP_INITIAL_CONTEXT_SETUP_REQ and
S1AP_ERAB_SETUP_REQ messages traced over the S1 interface for EPC-delivered QoS
parameters, as shown in Figure 9-6 and Figure 9-7.
Figure 9-6 Example of an S1AP_INITIAL_CONTEXT_SETUP_REQ message
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
121
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 128/210
Figure 9-7 Example of an S1AP_ERAB_SETUP_REQ message
NOTE
As shown in Figure 9-6 and Figure 9-7, the priorityLevel, pre-emptionCapability, and pre-
emptionVulnerability fields indicate the ARP, preemption capability, and preemption vulnerability for a
specific QCI, respectively. Check the parameter setting definitions with EPC maintenance engineers, as
the definitions of the parameter settings vary depending on EPCs. For example, according to parameter
setting definitions in Huawei EPCs, the value 1 for pre-emptionCapability means that services with the
specific QCI can trigger preemption and the value 0 means the opposite. In addition, the value 1 for pre-
emptionVulnerability means being preemptable and the value 0 means the opposite.
Prerequisites
l The default bearer carries services with a QCI of 9. This bearer cannot be preempted.
Otherwise, the UE may experience service drops.
l If the values of the priorityLevel, pre-emptionCapability, and pre-emptionVulnerability
fields are 1, 0, and 0, respectively, this bearer is not preemptable. If this bearer is
preemptable, confirm that its ARP is high enough to prevent this bearer from being
preempted.
l For the dedicated bearer with a QCI of 2, the values of the priorityLevel, pre-
emptionCapability, and pre-emptionVulnerability fields are 10, 1, and 1, respectively.
That is, this bearer can preempt lower-priority bearers and be preempted by higher-
priority bearers.
l For the dedicated bearer with a QCI of 7, the values of the priorityLevel, pre-
emptionCapability, and pre-emptionVulnerability fields are 11, 0, and 1, respectively.
That is, this bearer cannot preempt lower-priority bearers but can be preempted by
higher-priority bearers.
l For the dedicated bearer with a QCI of 8, the values of the priorityLevel, pre-
emptionCapability, and pre-emptionVulnerability fields are 11, 0, and 0, respectively.
That is, this bearer can neither preempt lower-priority bearers nor be preempted by
higher-priority bearers.
l The committed bandwidth of a physical port is greater than the sum of the bandwidths of
all transport resource groups on this port so that the bandwidths configured for eachgroup are the same as the actual admission bandwidths.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
122
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 129/210
Procedure
The procedure for activation observation is as follows:
Step 1 Run the LST TACALG command to check switch settings. Then, record the values.
If Resource Group Uplink Admission Control Algorithm Switch and Resource Group
Downlink Admission Control Algorithm Switch are On, transport admission control is
enabled. If Uplink Pre-emption Algorithm Switch and Downlink Pre-emption Algorithm
Switch are On, transport resource preemption is enabled.
Transport resource preemption is activated only after both admission control and preemption
switches are turned on. To turn on these switches, run the SET TACALG command. In
addition, run the MOD UDTPARAGRP command to set the activity factors for QCI 2, QCI
7, QCI 8, and QCI 9 to 100%.
Step 2 Run the DSP RSCGRP command to query the admission bandwidths of the transport
resource group. Then, record the values.
Step 3 Run the MOD RSCGRP command to set the TX and RX bandwidths to 10 Mbit/s for the
transport resource group.
l In single-rate mode, set the Tx Bandwidth and Rx Bandwidth parameters.
l In dual-rate mode, set the TX Committed Information Rate, RX Committed
Information Rate, RX Peak Information Rate, and TX Peak Burst Size parameters.
The single-rate mode is used in this procedure as an example.
Step 4 Run the SET TACALG command to set the admission thresholds for new gold, silver, and
bronze services to 80%.
Step 5 Run the LST STANDARDQCI command to check Min_GBR settings. Then, record the
values.
Step 6 Run the MOD STANDARDQCI command to set the uplink or downlink Min_GBR to 4
Mbit/s for services with QCIs of 7 and 8 and to 2 Mbit/s for services with a QCI of 9.
NOTE
The rates at the application layer need to be converted into the bandwidths of transport resource groups
at the data link layer for admission control. In this example, the application-layer rates substitute data-
link-layer rates for simplicity.
Step 7 Start S1 interface tracing for the eNodeB.
The tracing result shows that the UE accesses the cell, with the default bearer successfully
admitted to the transport resource group.
Step 8 Use a UE to set up a flow-controllable dedicated bearer with a QCI of 7.
As indicated in the S1AP_ERAB_SETUP_REQ and S1AP_ERAB_SETUP_RSP messages,
the bearer is successfully set up.
Step 9 Operate the UE to set up a non-flow-controllable dedicated bearer with a QCI of 2 and an
uplink or downlink GBR of 3 Mbit/s.
The total requested load proportion is calculated as follows: (2 x 100% + 4 x 100% + 3)/10 =
90%. It exceeds the admission threshold 80%. Therefore, the service with a QCI of 2 cannot
be admitted, and a preemption procedure is triggered. In the S1 interface tracing result, the
S1AP_ERAB_REL_IND message indicates that the bearer for the service with a QCI of 7 isreleased as expected. The preemption algorithm takes effect.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
123
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 130/210
Step 10 Run the SET TACALG command with the Uplink Pre-emption Algorithm Switch and
Downlink Pre-emption Algorithm Switch parameters set to OFF(Off).
Step 11 Enable the UE to access the cell again, and perform Step 7, Step 8 and Step 9. Check whether
the bearer for the service with a QCI of 2 can be successfully set up.
When the preemption switch is turned off, this bearer cannot be set up because of an
admission failure. If the result is as expected, transport resource preemption takes effect.
Step 12 Enable the UE to access the cell again. Then, perform Step 7 and Step 8, with QCI 7 changed
to QCI 8.
Step 13 Perform Step 9. to check services with a QCI of 2.
The expected result is that services with a QCI of 2 are not admitted because the Pre-emption
Vulnerability field for services with a QCI of 8 is set to "not pre-emptable".
Step 14 Run the MOD RSCGRP, SET TACALG, and MOD UDTPARAGRP commands to restore
the parameter settings.
----End
Transport Load Reporting
Transport load reporting is activated by default. There is no need to verify it.
Overload Control by Traffic Licenses
Overload control by traffic licenses is activated by default, and parameters such as thresholds
retain their default values. Therefore, there is no need to verify it.
Transport Overload Control
Prerequisites
Prerequisite assumption for transport overload control is the same as that for transport
resource preemption. Assume that transport admission control is already enabled to simulate
situations on live networks.
Procedure
Activation observation method for transport overload control over the S1 interface:
Step 1 Run the LST TACALG command to check switch settings. Then, record the values.
If Resource Group Uplink Admission Control Algorithm Switch and Resource Group
Downlink Admission Control Algorithm Switch are On, transport admission control is
enabled. To turn on these switches, run the SET TACALG command. In addition, run the
MOD UDTPARAGRP command to set the activity factors for QCI 2, QCI 7, and QCI 9 to
100%.
Step 2 Run the LST TOLCALG command to check switch settings and the values of Uplink OLC
Trigger Threshold(%) and Uplink OLC Release Threshold(%). Then, record the switch
settings and thresholds.
If Uplink OLC Arithmetic Switch and Downlink OLC Arithmetic Switch are On,
transport overload control is activated. In this example, the values of Uplink OLC TriggerThreshold(%) and Uplink OLC Release Threshold(%) are 85 and 65, respectively.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
124
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 131/210
Step 3 Run the DSP RSCGRP command to check the uplink or downlink admission bandwidths of a
transport resource group. Then, record the values.
Step 4 Run the MOD RSCGRP command to set the TX and RX bandwidths to 10 Mbit/s for the
transport resource group.
l In single-rate mode, set the Tx Bandwidth and Rx Bandwidth parameters.
l In dual-rate mode, set the TX Committed Information Rate, RX Committed
Information Rate, RX Peak Information Rate, and TX Peak Burst Size parameters.
The single-rate mode is used in this procedure as an example.
Step 5 Run the SET TACALG command to set the admission thresholds for new gold, silver, and
bronze services to 90%.
Step 6 Run the LST STANDARDQCI command to check Min_GBR settings. Then, record the
values.
Step 7 Run the MOD STANDARDQCI command to set the uplink or downlink Min_GBR to 4Mbit/s for services with a QCI of 7 and to 2 Mbit/s for services with a QCI of 9.
NOTE
The rates at the application layer need to be converted into the bandwidths of transport resource groups
at the data link layer for admission control. In this example, the application-layer rates substitute data-
link-layer rates for simplicity.
Step 8 Start S1 interface tracing on the eNodeB.
The tracing result shows that the UE accesses the cell, with the default bearer successfully
admitted to the transport resource group.
Step 9 Use a UE to set up a flow-controllable dedicated bearer with a QCI of 7.
As indicated in the S1AP_ERAB_SETUP_REQ and S1AP_ERAB_SETUP_RSP messages,
the bearer is successfully set up.
Step 10 Operate the UE to set up a non-flow-controllable dedicated bearer with a QCI of 2 and an
uplink or downlink GBR of 2 Mbit/s. Start uplink UDP packet injection at 2 Mbit/s.
The total load proportion is calculated as follows: (2 + 4 + 2)/10 = 80%. It is lower than the
admission threshold for new services and the threshold for triggering uplink overload control.
Therefore, this service is admitted successfully and not released.
Step 11 Run the MOD RSCGRP command to change the TX and RX bandwidths of the transport
resource group to 5 Mbit/s.
Step 12 Check the S1AP_ERAB_REL_IND message traced over the S1 interface for bearer release.
If the message indicates that the bearers for the services with QCIs of 7 and 2 are released,
transport overload control takes effect.
Step 13 Run the SET TOLCALG command with the Uplink OLC Arithmetic Switch and
Downlink OLC Arithmetic Switch parameters set to OFF(Off).
Step 14 Enable the UE to access the cell again and perform Step 9 through Step 12. Check whether
the bearers for the services with QCIs of 2 and 7 are released.
When overload control is deactivated, the bearers are not released even when overload occurs.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
125
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 132/210
Step 15 Run the MOD RSCGRP, MOD STANDARDQCI, SET TOLCALG, MOD
UDTPARAGRP and SET TACALG commands to restore the parameter settings.
----End
Activation observation method for transport overload control over the eX2 interface:
Step 1 Add the eX2 interface between two eNodeBs and configure the Carrier Aggregation or UL
CoMP feature. For details about how to configure the feature, see eRAN Carrier Aggregation
Feature Parameter Description or eRAN UL CoMP Feature Parameter Description.
Step 2 Start eX2 interface tracing on the eNodeB.
Step 3 Run the MOD RSCGRP command to manually produce a transport link overload. For
example, set Tx Bandwidth or Rx Bandwidth to 35000.
MOD RSCGRP: SN=7, BEAR=IP, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, RU=KBPS,
TXBW=35000, RXBW=35000;
Step 4 Observe the messages traced over the eX2 interface. The tracing result shows that the eX2-Ulink has been deleted.
----End
9.6.8 Reconfiguration
N/A
9.6.9 Deactivation
Using the CME to Perform Batch ConfigurationBatch reconfiguration using the CME is the recommended method to deactivate a feature on
eNodeBs. This method reconfigures all data, except neighbor relationships, for multiple
eNodeBs in a single procedure. The procedure for feature deactivation is similar to that for
feature activation described in "Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for
Existing eNodeBs." In the procedure, modify parameters according to Table 9-4.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
126
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 133/210
Table 9-4 Parameters related to transport load control
MO Sheet in theSummary DataFile
Parameter Group Setting Notes
TACALG Base Station
Transport Data or
user-defined sheet
RSCGRPULCACS
WITCH,
RSCGRPDLCACS
WITCH,
PORTULCACSW,
PORTDLCACSW,
PORTULOBSW,
PORTDLOBSW,
TRMULPRESW,
TRMDLPRESW
Set the following
parameters to
OFF(Off):
l RSCGRPULCA
CSWITCH
l RSCGRPDLCA
CSWITCHPORT
ULCACSW
l PORTDLCACS
W
l PORTULOBSW
and
PORTDLOBSW
l TRMULPRESW
l TRMDLPRESW
UDTPARAGRP Base Station
Transport Data or
user-defined sheet
ACTFACTOR Set this parameter to
100.
TOLCALG Base Station
Transport Data or user-defined sheet
TRMULOLCSWIT
CH,TRMDLOLCSWIT
CH
Set the following
parameters toOFF(Off):
l TRMULOLCSW
ITCH
l TRMDLOLCSW
ITCH
Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration
On the CME, set parameters according to Table 9-4. For detailed instructions, see "Using theCME to Perform Single Configuration."
Using MML Commands
l To deactivate admission control on transport resource groups, run the SET TACALG
command to turn off the Resource Group Uplink Admission Control Algorithm
Switch and Resource Group Downlink Admission Control Algorithm Switch.
l To deactivate admission control on physical ports, run the SET TACALG command to
turn off the Physical Port Up Link Admission Switch and Physical Port Down Link
Admission Switch.
l To deactivate transport resource group overbooking, perform the following steps:
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
127
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 134/210
Step 1 Run the LST UDT command to query the ID of the transport parameter group corresponding
to a user data type.
Step 2 Run the MOD UDTPARAGRP command to set Act Factor to 100 (activity factor: 100%),
indicating that transport resource group overbooking is disabled.
----End
l To deactivate physical port overbooking, run the SET TACALG command to turn off
the Physical Port Up Link OverBooking Switch and Physical Port Down Link
OverBooking Switch.
l To deactivate transport resource preemption, run the SET TACALG command to turn
off the Uplink Pre-emption Algorithm Switch and Downlink Pre-emption Algorithm
Switch.
l No operation can be performed to disable transport load reporting.
l To deactivate transport overload control, run the SET TOLCALG command to turn off
the Uplink OLC Algorithm Switch and Downlink OLC Algorithm Switch.
MML Command Examples
l Deactivating admission control on transport resource groups
SET TACALG: RSCGRPULCACSWITCH=OFF, RSCGRPDLCACSWITCH=OFF;
l Deactivating admission control on physical ports
SET TACALG: PORTULCACSW=OFF, PORTDLCACSW=OFF;
l Deactivating transport resource group overbooking
MOD UDTPARAGRP: UDTPARAGRPID=48, PRIRULE=DSCP, ACTFACTOR=100;
l Deactivating physical port overbooking
SET TACALG: PORTULOBSW=OFF, PORTDLOBSW=OFF;
l Deactivating transport resource preemption
SET TACALG: TRMULPRESW=OFF, TRMDLPRESW=OFF;
l Deactivating transport overload control
SET TOLCALG: TRMULOLCSWITCH=OFF, TRMDLOLCSWITCH=OFF;
9.7 Deployment of Transport Congestion Control
9.7.1 Process
None
9.7.2 Requirements
Operating Environment
As a Huawei proprietary function, IP PM requires that the EPC equipment be provided by
Huawei and support IP PM. For details about whether an EPC equipment version supports IP
PM, contact Huawei EPC engineers.
Transmission Networking
None
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
128
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 135/210
License
Operators must purchase and activate the following license.
Feature ID Feature Name Model License
Control Item
NE Sales Unit
LOFD-003012 IP Performance
Monitoring
LT1S0I
PAPM0
0
IP Performance
Monitoring
eNod
eB
per eNodeB
LOFD-003011 Enhanced
Transmission
QoS
Management(FD
D)
LT1SET
QOSM0
0
Enhanced
Transmission
QoS
Management(F
DD)
eNod
eB
per eNodeB
9.7.3 Data Preparation
The parameters for transport congestion control are all scenario-specific.
Transport Differentiated Flow Control
The MOs related to transport differentiated flow control are RSCGRP, RSCGRPALG, LR ,
PRI2QUE and STANDARDQCI.
Traffic Shaping Switch
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in an RSCGRPALG MO to
configure the traffic shaping switch for a transport resource group. Parameter settings in this
MO are automatically generated after the RSCGRP MO is configured. Before changing
parameter settings in this MO, ensure the RSCGRP MO is already configured.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
129
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 136/210
Parameter Name Parameter ID Data Source Setting Notes
TX Traffic Shaping
Switch
RSCGRPALG.TXS
SW
Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
Set this parameter
based on the
network plan.
The recommended
value is ON(On).
l Set this
parameter to
ON(On) if traffic
shaping based on
the TX
bandwidth is
required. This
ensures that the
TX traffic does
not exceed the
capability of
downstream
routers and
prevents packet
discarding and
network
congestion.
l If this parameter
is set to ON(On),
the TX rate of
the resourcegroup cannot
exceed the uplink
admission
bandwidth or
uplink PIR
admission
bandwidth,
preventing
network
congestion and
ensuring service
quality.
l If this parameter
is set to
OFF(Off), the
TX rate of the
resource group
may exceed the
TX bandwidth
configured for it.
In this case,
network
congestion may
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
130
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 137/210
Parameter Name Parameter ID Data Source Setting Notes
occur and service
quality may be
degraded.
Rate Limiting on a Physical Port
Collect parameters in an LR MO used to configure rate limiting on a physical port to achieve
traffic shaping on this physical port. For details about data preparation for the LR MO, see
9.6.3 Data Preparation.
Scheduling of Transport Resource Group Queues
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in the PRI2QUE MO to
configure the mapping between QoS priorities (only DSCPs are currently supported) and
internal queues. This MO cannot be added or removed. It can only be modified. The
associated MO is UDTPARAGRP. The UDTPARAGRP MO specifies the mapping from
QCIs to DSCP values, and the PRI2QUE MO specifies the mapping from DSCP values to
internal queues.
Parameter Name Parameter ID Data Source Setting Notes
PriOfQue0 PRI2QUE. PRI0 Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
Set these parameters
based on the
network plan.
These parameters
specify the DSCP
priorities of the
queues. Their
default values are
recommended.
PriOfQue1 PRI2QUE. PRI1 Network plan
(negotiation notrequired)
PriOfQue2 PRI2QUE. PRI2 Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
PriOfQue3 PRI2QUE. PRI3 Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
PriOfQue4 PRI2QUE. PRI4 Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
PriOfQue5 PRI2QUE. PRI5 Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
PriOfQue6 PRI2QUE. PRI6 Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
The DSCP of queue 7 is always 0. Service packets with DSCPs lower than PRI2QUE. PRI6 are all assigned to queue 7.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
131
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 138/210
Back-Pressure Algorithm
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in an RSCGRPALG MO to
turn on the back-pressure switch and configure related parameters. The eNodeB performs
operations such as back-pressure based on the parameter settings in the RSCGRPALG.
Parameter Name Parameter ID Data Source Setting Notes
Traffic Control
Switch
RSCGRPALG.TCS
W
Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
Set this parameter
based on the
network plan.
This parameter
specifies whether to
enable the back-
pressure algorithm.
This algorithm
prevents packet loss
caused by network congestion. By
default, this
algorithm is enabled.
The default value is
recommended.
Congestion Time
Threshold
RSCGRPALG.CTT
H
Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
Set these parameters
based on the
network plan.
Retain their default
values unless there
are special
requirements. The
RSCGRPALG MO,
RSCGRPALG.CCT
TH value must be
less than the
RSCGRPALG.CTT
H value.
Congestion Clear
Time Threshold
RSCGRPALG.CCT
TH
Network plan
(negotiation notrequired)
TX Bandwidth
Adjust Minimum
RSCGRPALG .TX
BWAMIN
Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
Set these parameters
based on the
network plan. If the
parameters are set to
small values and
available bandwidth
for the transport
resource group
decreases due to
congestion, the
transmission
admission may fail.
RX Bandwidth
Adjust Minimum
RSCGRPALG . RX
BWAMIN
Network plan
(negotiation not
required)
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
132
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 139/210
Transport Dynamic Flow Control
MOs related to transport dynamic flow control are RSCGRPALG, IPPMSESSION,
eNodeBPath and IPPATH. Dynamic flow control dynamically adjusts the bandwidth
configured in the RSCGRP MO based on the QoS parameters in the IPPMSESSION MO
and the thresholds configured in the RSCGRPALG MO.
Dynamic Flow Control Switch
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in an RSCGRPALG MO to
turn on the dynamic flow control switch and configure related thresholds. This MO cannot be
added or removed. It can only be modified.
ParameterName
ParameterID
Data Source Setting Notes
TX Traffic
Shaping
Switch
RSCGRPA
LG.TXSSW
Network plan
(negotiation
not required)
This parameter specifies whether to
enable TX traffic shaping. It is
recommended that TX traffic shaping be
enabled. Set this parameter to ON(On) if
dynamic transport flow control is
required.
l If this parameter is set to ON(On), the
TX rate of the resource group cannot
exceed the uplink admission
bandwidth or uplink PIR admission
bandwidth, preventing network
congestion and ensuring service
quality.
l If this parameter is set to OFF(Off),
the TX rate of the resource group can
exceed the uplink admission
bandwidth or uplink PIR admission
bandwidth, probably causing network
congestion and compromising service
quality.
TX
Bandwidth
Adjustment
Switch
RSCGRPA
LG.TXBWA
SW
Network plan
(negotiation
not required)
Set this parameter based on the network
plan.
Set this parameter to ON(On) if uplink
transport dynamic flow control is
required.
RX
Bandwidth
Adjustment
Switch
RSCGRPA
LG. RXBWA
SW
Network plan
(negotiation
not required)
Set this parameter based on the network
plan.
Set this parameter to ON(On) if the
downlink admission bandwidth needs to
be adjusted for the resource group. In this
case, downlink dynamic flow control also
needs to be enabled on the EPC.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
133
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 140/210
ParameterName
ParameterID
Data Source Setting Notes
Packet Loss
Ratio Down
Threshold
RSCGRPA
LG. PLRDT
H
Network plan
(negotiation
not required)
A small value of either parameter enables
the eNodeB to respond to transport
network congestion more quickly and
therefore promptly adjust the bandwidth.
However, this makes the eNodeB more
prone to delay variation on the transport
network and therefore decreases network
robustness. Retain the default values for
these parameters.
Delay Down
Threshold
RSCGRPA
LG. DDTH
Network plan
(negotiation
not required)
IP PM Session
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in an IPPMSESSION MO to
configure an IP PM session. This session is used to monitor the link transmission quality of an
IP path. For details, see IP Performance Monitor Feature Parameter Description.
IP Path Application Type
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in an IPPATH MO to
implement differentiated service transmission.
ParameterName
ParameterID
DataSource
Setting Notes
IP path ID IPPATH. Pat hId
Network plan(negotiation
not required)
Indicates the IP of an IP path.
Local IP IPPATH.
LocalIP
Network plan
(negotiation
not required)
Indicates the local IP address of an IP
path.
Peer IP IPPATH.
PeerIP
Network plan
(negotiation
not required)
Indicates the peer IP address of an IP path.
Path Type IPPATH.
PathType
Network plan
(negotiationnot required)
Indicates the type of an IP path.
DSCP IPPATH.
DSCP
Network plan
(negotiation
not required)
Sets the DSCP priority for an IP path
according to services carried by the IP
path.
This parameter is available when
IPPATH. PathTypeis set to FIXED(Fixed
QoS).
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
134
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 141/210
The following table describes the parameters that must be set in an eNodeBPath MO to
enable dynamic flow control in link mode. If the S1 interface is set up in endpoint mode, the
eNodeBPath MO does not need to be configured.
ParameterName
ParameterID
Data Source Setting Notes
IP Path ID eNodeBPath
. IpPathId
Network plan
(negotiation
not required)
Set this parameter to the ID of the IP
path where the data requiring dynamic
flow control is carried.
Application
Type
eNodeBPath
. AppType
Network plan
(negotiation
not required)
Set this parameter to S1(S1) because
dynamic flow control is generally
enabled on the S1 interface.
S1 Interface
ID
eNodeBPath
. S1Interface
Id
Network plan
(negotiation
not required)
Set this parameter based on the network
plan.
9.7.4 Precautions
For details about IP PM, see IP Performance Monitor Feature Parameter Description.
9.7.5 Hardware Adjustment
N/A
9.7.6 Initial Configuration
Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Newly Deployed eNodeBs
Enter the values of the parameters listed in Table 9-5 in a summary data file, which also
contains other data for the new eNodeBs to be deployed. Then, import the summary data file
into the Configuration Management Express (CME) for batch configuration. For detailed
instructions, see section "Creating eNodeBs in Batches" in the initial configuration guide for
the eNodeB.
The summary data file may be a scenario-specific file provided by the CME or a customized
file, depending on the following conditions:
l The managed objects (MOs) in Table 9-5 are contained in a scenario-specific summary
data file. In this situation, set the parameters in the MOs, and then verify and save the
file.
l Some MOs in Table 9-5 are not contained in a scenario-specific summary data file. In
this situation, customize a summary data file to include the MOs before you can set the
parameters.
All the MOs listed in the following table except the IPPATH and DIFPRI MOs require a
user-defined template. It is recommended that user-defined templates be derived from the
En_Basic_eRAN_Sharing_Link template. It is also recommended that the parameters in theMOs (except for the IPPATH MO) be added to the Base Station Transport Data sheet.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
135
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 142/210
Table 9-5 Parameters related to transport congestion control
MO Sheet in theSummaryData File
Parameter Group Remarks
RSCGRP Base Station
Transport Data
or user-defined
sheet
Cabinet No., Subrack No.,
Slot No., Transport Resource
Group Bear Type, Subboard
Type, Bearing Port Type,
Bearing Port No., Transport
Resource Group ID, Rate
Unit, Tx Bandwidth, Rx
Bandwidth, TX Committed
Burst Size(Kbit), TX
Excessive Burst Size(Kbit),
Operator ID, Scheduling
Weight, TX CommittedInformation Rate, RX
Committed Information
Rate, TX Peak Information
Rate, RX Peak Information
Rate, TX Peak Burst
Size(Kbit)
The summary data
file needs to be
customized based on
the template named
En_Basic_eRAN_Sh
aring_Link.
IPPATH DevIPPattern Cabinet No., Subrack No.,
Slot No., Subboard Type,
Port No., IP Path ID, Join
Transport Resource Group,
Transport Resource GroupID, Path Type, DSCP, Local
IP, Peer IP, Transport
Resource Type, Path check,
IPMUX Switch Flag, Max
Subframe length, Max frame
length, Max Timer,
Description Info
-
DIFPRI Common Data Priority Rule, Signaling
Priority, OM High Priority,
OM Low Priority, IP Clock
Priority
The summary data
file needs to be
customized based on
the template namedEn_Basic_eRAN_Sh
aring_Link.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
136
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 143/210
MO Sheet in theSummaryData File
Parameter Group Remarks
RSCGRPALG Base Station
Transport Data
or user-defined
sheet
Cabinet No., Subrack No.,
Slot No., Subboard Type,
Bearing Port Type, Bearing
Port No., Transport Resource
Group ID, TX Traffic
Shaping Switch, TX
Bandwidth Adjustment
Switch, RX Bandwidth
Adjustment Switch, Packet
Loss Ratio Down
Threshold(per mill), Delay
Down Threshold(ms),
Traffic Control Switch, OM,FTP Traffic Control Switch,
PQ Number, Congestion
Time Threshold(ms),
Congestion Clear Time
Threshold(ms), TX Reserved
Bandwidth(Kbit/s), RX
Reserved Bandwidth(Kbit/s),
Drop Packet Number
Threshold(packet)
The summary data
file needs to be
customized based on
the template named
En_Basic_eRAN_Sh
aring_Link.
LR Base Station
Transport Dataor user-defined
sheet
Cabinet No., Subrack No.,
Slot No, Subboard Type,Port Type, Port No., LR
Switch, UL Committed
Information Rate,
Committed Burst Size,
Excess Burst Size, DL
Committed Information Rate
The summary data
file needs to becustomized based on
the template named
En_Basic_eRAN_Sh
aring_Link.
UDTPARAGRP Base Station
Transport Data
or user-defined
sheet
User Data Type Transfer
Parameter Group ID.,
Priority Rule, Priority, Act
Factor, Primary Transport
Resource Type, Primary PortLoad Threshold, Primary To
Secondary Port Load Ratio
Threshold
The summary data
file needs to be
customized based on
the template named
En_Basic_eRAN_Sharing_Link.
GTRANSPARA Base Station
Transport Data
or user-defined
sheet
Resource Group Scheduling
Weight Switch, Rate Config
Type
The summary data
file needs to be
customized based on
the template named
En_Basic_eRAN_Sh
aring_Link.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
137
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 144/210
MO Sheet in theSummaryData File
Parameter Group Remarks
ENODEBPATH Base Station
Transport Data
or user-defined
sheet
IP Path ID, Application
Type, S1 Interface ID, X2
Interface ID
The summary data
file needs to be
customized based on
the template named
En_Basic_eRAN_Sh
aring_Link.
PRI2QUE Base Station
Transport Data
or user-defined
sheet
PriOfQue0, PriOfQue1,
PriOfQue2, PriOfQue3,
PriOfQue4, PriOfQue5,
PriOfQue6
The summary data
file needs to be
customized based on
the template named
En_Basic_eRAN_Sh
aring_Link.
IPPMSESSION Base Station
Transport Data
or user-defined
sheet
IP PM Session ID, IP PM
Type, Bind IP Path, IP Path
ID, Local IP, Peer IP, DSCP,
Activate Direction
The summary data
file needs to be
customized based on
the template named
En_Basic_eRAN_Sh
aring_Link.
Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Existing eNodeBs
Batch reconfiguration using the CME is the recommended method to activate a feature on
existing eNodeBs. This method reconfigures all data, except neighbor relationships, for
multiple eNodeBs in a single procedure. The procedure is as follows:
Step 1 Customize a summary data file with the MOs and parameters listed in section "Using the
CME to Perform Batch Configuration for Newly Deployed eNodeBs". For online help, press
F1 when a CME window is active, and select Managing the CME > CME Guidelines >
LTE Application Management > eNodeB Related Operations > Customizing a Summary
Data File for Batch eNodeB Configuration.
Step 2 Choose CME > LTE Application > Export Data > Export Base Station Bulk
Configuration Data (U2000 client mode), or choose LTE Application > Export Data >
Export Base Station Bulk Configuration Data (CME client mode), to export the eNodeBdata stored on the CME into the customized summary data file.
Step 3 In the summary data file, set the parameters in the MOs according to the setting notes
provided in section "Data Preparation" and close the file.
Step 4 Choose CME > LTE Application > Import Data > Import Base Station Bulk
Configuration Data (U2000 client mode), or choose LTE Application > Import Data >
Import Base Station Bulk Configuration Data (CME client mode), to import the summary
data file into the CME, and then start the data verification.
Step 5 After data verification is complete, choose CME > Planned Area > Export Incremental
Scripts (U2000 client mode), or choose Area Management > Planned Area > ExportIncremental Scripts (CME client mode), to export and activate the incremental scripts. For
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
138
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 145/210
detailed operations, see Managing the CME > CME Guidelines > Script File Management
> Exporting Incremental Scripts from a Planned Data Area in the CME online help.
----End
Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration
On the CME, set the parameters listed in the "Data Preparation" section for a single eNodeB.
The procedure is as follows:
Step 1 In the planned data area, click Base Station in the upper left corner of the configuration
window.
Step 2 In area 1 shown in Figure 9-8, select the eNodeB to which the MOs belong.
Figure 9-8 MO search and configuration window
Step 3 On the Search tab page in area 2, enter an MO name, for example, CELL.
Step 4 In area 3, double-click the MO in the Object Name column. All the parameters in this MOare displayed in area 4.
Step 5 Set the parameters in area 4 or 5.
Step 6 Choose CME > Planned Area > Export Incremental Scripts (U2000 client mode), or choose
Area Management > Planned Area > Export Incremental Scripts (CME client mode), to
export and activate the incremental scripts.
----End
Using MML Commands
Transport congestion control involves transport differentiated flow control and transportdynamic flow control.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
139
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 146/210
l Transport Differentiated Flow Control
The configuration procedure is as follows:
Step 1 Run the SET RSCGRPALG command to configure the switches for the traffic shaping and
back-pressure algorithms.
Step 2 Run the LST UDT command to query the ID of the transport parameter group corresponding
to a user data type.
Step 3 Run the MOD UDTPARAGRP command to set the service priority.
Step 4 Run the SET PRI2QUE command to configure the mapping between service priorities and
queues.
Step 5 Run the SET RSCGRPALG command to configure the number of PQ queues.
----End
l Transport Dynamic Flow Control
The configuration procedure is as follows:
Step 1 Run the SET RSCGRPALG command to enable the bandwidth adjustment function for a
transport resource group.
Step 2 Perform the following operations in different modes:
l In link mode, run the ADD IPPMSESSION command to configure IP PM and bind the
IP PM session to an IP path. If they are not bound, dynamic bandwidth adjustment
cannot be performed on transport resource groups.
l In endpoint mode, run the ADD IPPMSESSION command to disable the binding of the
IP PM session to an IP path.
----End
MML Command Examples
l Transport Differentiated Flow Control
SET RSCGRPALG:SN=7,BEAR=IP,SBT=BASE_BOARD,PT=ETH,RSCGRPID=0, TXSSW=ON,
TCSW=ENABLE;LST UDT;
MOD UDTPARAGRP: UDTPARAGRPID=48, PRIRULE=DSCP, PRI=0;
SET PRI2QUE: PRI0=48, PRI1=40;SET RSCGRPALG: SN=7, BEAR=IP, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, RSCGRPID=0, PQN=3;
l Transport Dynamic Flow Control
SET RSCGRPALG: SN=7, BEAR=IP, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, RSCGRPID=0, TXBWASW=ON,RXBWASW=ON;
(In link mode)ADD IPPMSESSION: IPPMSN=0, IPPMTYPE=FOUR_TUPLE, BINDPATH=YES,
PATHID=0;(In link mode)ADD ENODEBPATH:IPPATHID=0,APPTYPE=S1,S1INTERFACEID=0;
(In endpoint mode)ADD IPPMSESSION: IPPMSN=0, IPPMTYPE=FOUR_TUPLE, BINDPATH=NO,
LOCALIP="5.5.33.5", PEERIP="138.32.1.50", IPPMDSCP=0;
9.7.7 Activation Observation
Note that:
l An S1 tracing task must be created and started on the U2000.
l
The methods used to access a cell and set up a dedicated bearer depend on the type of UE. For detailed operations, see the user guide provided by the UE manufacturer.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
140
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 147/210
l The methods used to inject UDP packets into the uplink and downlink depend on the
injection tools and data types. User Datagram Protocol (UDP) packet injection is used as
an example in this section.
NOTE
Anonymization has been performed on S1 interface tracing tasks, and therefore no security risk exists.
Transport Differentiated Flow Control
Prerequisites
The committed bandwidth of a physical port is greater than the sum of the bandwidths of all
transport resource groups on this port so that the bandwidths configured for each group are the
same as the actual admission bandwidths.
Procedure
The procedure for activation observation is as follows:
Step 1 Run the LST RSCGRP command to check bandwidth settings of a transport resource group.
Step 2 Run the LST RSCGRPALG command to check the settings of the traffic shaping and back-
pressure switches. Then, record the values.
Transport differentiated flow control requires that TX Traffic Shaping Switch be On and
Traffic Control Switch be Enable.
Step 3 Run the LST STANDARDQCI command to check the uplink scheduling priority factors for
QCIs 6 and 8, and record the query results.
Step 4 Run the MOD STANDARDQCI command to change the uplink scheduling priority factors
for QCIs 6 and 8 to 1000 and 500, respectively.
Step 5 Use UE 1 to set up a non-GBR bearer with a QCI of 6, and use UE 2 to set up a non-GBR
bearer with a QCI of 8. Then, trace S1 signaling to see whether the dedicated bearers have
been successfully set up.
Step 6 Use UEs 1 and 2 to perform uplink UDP packet injection with injection rates higher than the
bandwidth capacities of the corresponding transport resource groups.
Step 7 Run the DSP RSCGRP command to check whether the value of Non-Realtime TX
Bandwidth is consistent with the TX bandwidth configured for the transport resource group.
Transport differentiated flow control is performed on the uplink. Therefore, the expected
result is that the bandwidth after traffic shaping and back-pressure is less than or equal to the bandwidth capacity configured for the transport resource group.
Step 8 On the service server in the EPC, check whether the traffic proportion between UEs 1 and 2 is
consistent with the proportion of uplink scheduling priority factors between UEs 1 and 2
(configured in Step 4). If the two proportions are consistent, transport differentiated flow
control takes effect.
Step 9 Run the SET RSCGRPALG command to turn off the TX traffic shaping and back-pressure
switches.
Step 10 Use UEs 1 and 2 to continue uplink UDP packet injection.
Step 11 Run the DSP RSCGRP command to check whether the value of Non-Realtime TXBandwidth is consistent with the TX bandwidth configured for the transport resource group.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
141
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 148/210
After the traffic shaping and back-pressure switches are turned off, the injection rates are not
limited within the bandwidth configured for the transport resource group. Therefore, the
traffic proportion between UEs 1 and 2 (which can be obtained on the service server in the
EPC) is inconsistent with the proportion of uplink scheduling priority factors between UEs 1
and 2 (configured in Step 4).
Step 12 Run the SET RSCGRPALG and MOD STANDARDQCI commands to restore the
configurations.
----End
Transport Dynamic Flow Control
Prerequisites
Transport differentiated flow control is functional. For detailed configuration and verification,
see 9.7.7 Activation Observation.
Procedure
The procedure for activation observation is as follows:
Step 1 Run the LST RSCGRPALG command to check switch settings and the values of Packet
Loss Ratio Down Threshold(per mill) and Delay Down Threshold(ms). Then, record the
thresholds.
If TX Bandwidth Adjustment Switch and RX Bandwidth Adjustment Switch are On, transport
dynamic flow control is activated.
Step 2 Run the LST IPPMSESSION command to check IP PM session settings and the value of
Activate Direction. Then, record the parameter values.
The admission bandwidths of a transport resource group can be dynamically adjusted based
on transmission link quality only if an IP PM session is bound to an IP path in the group.
Step 3 Run the DSP IPPMSESSION command to check IP PM session status.
If Activate State(Up) or Activate State(Down), depending on the activation direction, is IP
PM UP, the IP PM session works normally.
Step 4 Enable a UE to access a cell. Use the UE to perform uplink UDP packet injection with an
injection rate higher than the TX bandwidth configured for the transport resource group.
Step 5 Run the DSP RSCGRP command to check the uplink and downlink admission bandwidths of
the transport resource group, and record the query results. Check whether the value of Non-
Realtime TX Bandwidth is consistent with the uplink admission bandwidth of the transport
resource group.
If transport differentiated flow control is functional, the queried two bandwidths should be
consistent.
Step 6 Use a tool, such as a network impairment emulator, to simulate packet loss on the IP path with
the packet loss rate higher than the value of Packet Loss Ratio Down Threshold(per mill).
Run the DSP IPPMSESSION command to check whether the value of TX Loss Rate(per
mill) is the same as the packet loss rate.
If the value of TX Loss Rate(per mill) is the same as the packet loss rate, IP PM measureskey performance indicators (KPIs) of the transport network normally.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
142
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 149/210
Step 7 Run the DSP RSCGRP command to check the uplink admission bandwidth of the transport
resource group. Compare these bandwidths with the values recorded in Step 5.
If the values obtained in this step are less than the values recorded in Step 5, transport
dynamic flow control takes effect. The value of Non-Realtime TX Bandwidth should be less
than the TX bandwidth configured for the transport resource group and equal to the uplink admission bandwidth adjusted during transport dynamic flow control.
Step 8 Stop simulating packet loss, and continue UDP packet injection.
Step 9 Run the DSP RSCGRP command.
If the value of Non-Realtime TX Bandwidth is restored to the TX bandwidth configured for
the transport resource group, and the uplink and downlink admission bandwidths of the
transport resource group are restored to the configured values, transport dynamic flow control
takes effect.
----End
9.7.8 Reconfiguration
N/A
9.7.9 Deactivation
Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration
Batch reconfiguration using the CME is the recommended method to deactivate a feature on
eNodeBs. This method reconfigures all data, except neighbor relationships, for multipleeNodeBs in a single procedure. The procedure for feature deactivation is similar to that for
feature activation described in "Using the CME to Perform Batch Configuration for
Existing eNodeBs." In the procedure, modify parameters according to Table 9-6.
Table 9-6 Parameters related to transport congestion control
MO Sheet in theSummary DataFile
Parameter Group Setting Notes
RSCGRPALG RSCGRPALG or
user-defined sheet
TCSW, TXSSW l Set TCSW to
DISABLE(Disa
ble).
l Set TXSSW to
OFF(Off).
RSCGRPALG UDTPARAGRP or
user-defined sheet
TXBWASW,
RXBWASW
l Set TXBWASW
to OFF(Off).
l Set RXBWASW
to OFF(Off).
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
143
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 150/210
Using the CME to Perform Single Configuration
On the CME, set parameters according to Table 9-6. For detailed instructions, see "Using the
CME to Perform Single Configuration."
Using MML Commands
l To deactivate transport differentiated flow control
Run the SET RSCGRPALG command to turn off Traffic Control Switch and TX
Traffic Shaping Switch.
l To deactivate transport dynamic flow control
Run the SET RSCGRPALG command to turn off TX Bandwidth Adjustment Switch
and RX Bandwidth Adjustment Switch.
MML Command Examples
l Deactivating transport differentiated flow controlSET RSCGRPALG: SN=7, BEAR=IP, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, RSCGRPID=0, TCSW=DISABLE, TXSSW=OFF;
l Deactivating transport dynamic flow control
SET RSCGRPALG: SN=7, BEAR=IP, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=ETH, RSCGRPID=0, TXBWASW=OFF,RXBWASW=OFF;
9.8 Performance Monitoring
This section describes how to use the U2000 client to monitor the running status of the
transport resources of IP paths, transport resource groups, and physical ports in real time.
IP Path Monitoring
To create an IP path monitoring task on an U2000 client, perform the following steps:
Step 1 Choose Monitor > Signaling Trace > Signaling Trace Management. On the displayed
Signaling Trace Management tab page, choose Trace Type > Base Station Device and
Transport > Transport Performance Monitoring > Transport Link Traffic Monitoring
from the navigation tree on the left. Double-click Transport Link Traffic Monitoring.
Step 2 In the displayed Transport Link Traffic Monitoring dialog box, select an eNodeB to be
monitored and click Next.
Step 3 In the displayed dialog box, select an IP path to be monitored and select the Include IPPM
Statistic check box if the IP path is bound to an IP PM session, as shown in Figure 9-9.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
144
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 151/210
Figure 9-9 Transport Link Traffic Monitoring dialog box
Step 4 View the information about the IP path, such as the TX rate and RX rate.
Figure 9-10 Checking IP path status
----End
Transport Port Monitoring
To create a transport port monitoring task on an U2000 client, perform the following steps:
Step 1 Choose Monitor > Signaling Trace > Signaling Trace Management. On the displayed
Signaling Trace Management tab page, choose Trace Type > Base Station Device and
Transport > Transport Performance Monitoring > Transport Port Traffic Monitoringfrom the navigation tree on the left. Double-click Transport Port Traffic Monitoring.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
145
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 152/210
Step 2 In the displayed Transport Port Traffic Monitoring dialog box, select an eNodeB to be
monitored and click Next.
Step 3 In the displayed dialog box, set Port Type and Monitor Type, as shown in Figure 9-11.
Figure 9-11 Transport Port Traffic Monitoring dialog box
Step 4 Select different objects to be monitored and view the monitoring results as follows:
l To monitor a physical port, set Port Type to Physical Port and Protocol Type to IP, and
then view the monitoring results shown in Figure 9-12.
– If Physical Port Type is set to TUNNEL, the TX and RX rates at the network layer
are calculated for IP ports.
– If Physical Port Type is set to other values, the TX and RX rates at the data link
layer are calculated for IP ports.
Figure 9-12 Monitor result of a physical port
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
146
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 153/210
l To monitor a transport resource group, set Port Type to RSCGRP and view the real-
time load, GBR load, and traffic of the transport resource group.
----End
9.9 Parameter Optimization
None
9.10 Troubleshooting
9.10.1 Transport Load Control
Fault Description
A UE fails to access a network, and the S1AP_INITIAL_CONTEXT_SETUP_FAIL message
traced over the S1 interface indicates the cause value "transport---transport -resource-
unavailable."
Fault Handling
To rectify this fault, perform the following steps:
Step 1 Check IP path status.
If the transport network can be checked using GTPU echo ping commands, perform the
following steps:
1. Run the MOD GTPU command to enable the static GPRS Tunneling Protocol-User
Plane (GTP-U) check.
2. Run the DSP IPPATH command to check IP path status.
If... Then...
The status is faulty Check the configurations of the IP path,
route, and transport network. If any
parameter is incorrectly set, change thesetting.
The status is normal Go to Step 2.
If you cannot use the GTPU echo ping commands to check the transport network, perform the
following steps:
1. Run the MOD GTPU command to enable the static GPRS Tunneling Protocol-User
Plane (GTP-U) check.
2. On the U2000 client, start GTP-U tracing and check echo request and echo responsemessages.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
147
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 154/210
If... Then...
If there is no echo response to an echo
request
The IP path is faulty.
Check the configurations of the IP path,
route, and transport network. If any parameter is incorrectly set, change the
setting.
If there is an echo response to an echo
request
The IP path is functional.
Go to Step 2.
Step 2 Run the LST IPPATH command to query the transport resource group to which the IP path
belongs and check that the IP address of the peer S-GW is correct.
NOTE
l The IP path status may be normal even if the IP address of the peer S-GW is incorrect.
l If the query result indicates that the IP path does not belong to any transport resource group, the IP
path is managed by the default transport resource group.
Step 3 Run the LST STANDARDQCI command to check the uplink or downlink Min_GBR
mapped to the QCI of the default bearer. If the uplink or downlink Min_GBR mapped to a
QCI in the range of 6 to 9 is set to 0, the corresponding bearer cannot be admitted. To avoid
this problem, modify the Min_GBR.
The QCI of the default bearer is indicated in the S1_INITIAL_CONTEXT_SETUP_REQ
message, which can be traced over the S1 interface.
Step 4 Run the DSP RSCGRP command to check that the admission bandwidths of the transportresource group are sufficient.
NOTE
If the bandwidths are low, admission may fail.
Step 5 Run the LST TACALG command to check that the admission thresholds for gold, silver,
bronze, and non-GBR services are not too low.
Ensure that the thresholds are set based on the network plan or retain their default values.
Step 6 If the fault persists, contact Huawei for technical support.
----End
9.10.2 Transport Congestion Control
Fault Description
Transport differentiated flow control is performed on UEs that use services with different
QCIs. The traffic proportion between these services is not consistent with the configured
proportion.
Fault Handling
To rectify this fault, perform the following steps:
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
148
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 155/210
Step 1 Check the signaling messages S1_ERAB_SETUP_REQ and S1_ERAB_SETUP_RSP to see
whether the dedicated bearers for UEs are successfully set up.
l If all required dedicated bearers fail to be set up for a UE, then flow control is performed
on the default bearer of this UE, and the effect of flow control may not be as expected.
l If all dedicated bearers are successfully set up, go to Step 2.
Step 2 Run the LST STANDARDQCI command to see whether the uplink scheduling priority
factors for different QCIs are consistent with the planned values. If the priority factors are
inconsistent with the planned values, run the MOD STANDARDQCI command to change
the priority factors.
----End
If the fault persists, contact Huawei for technical support.
9.10.3 Alarms
If an alarm listed in Table 9-7 is reported, clear the alarm by referring to Alarm Reference.
Table 9-7 TRM-related alarms
Alarm ID Alarm Name NE Feature ID Feature Name
ALM-25900 IP PM
Activation
Failure
eNodeB LOFD-0030120
1
IP Performance
Monitoring
ALM-25886 IP Path Fault eNodeB None None
ALM-25952 User Plane
Bearer Link
Fault
eNodeB None None
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 9 Engineering Guidelines
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
149
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 156/210
10 Parameters
Table 10-1 Parameters
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
RSCGR
PALG
TXBWA
MIN
SET
RSCGR
PALG
LST
RSCGR
PALG
LOFD-0
0301202
/
TDLOF
D-00301
202
Transpo
rt
Dynami
c Flow
Control
Meaning: Indicates the minimum amount of adjusted
TX bandwidth. If TXBWASW is set to ON, the
adjusted bandwidth should be at least greater than this
minimum.The UMTS currently does not support this
function.
GUI Value Range: 64~10000000
Unit: kbit/s
Actual Value Range: 64~10000000
Default Value: 1024
RSCGR
PALG
RXBW
AMIN
SET
RSCGR
PALG
LST
RSCGR
PALG
LOFD-0
0301202
/
TDLOF
D-00301
202
Transpo
rt
Dynami
c Flow
Control
Meaning: Indicates the minimum amount of adjusted
RX bandwidth. If RXBWASW is set to ON, the
adjusted bandwidth must be at least greater than this
minimum.The UMTS currently does not support this
function.
GUI Value Range: 64~10000000
Unit: kbit/s
Actual Value Range: 64~10000000
Default Value: 1024
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 10 Parameters
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
150
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 157/210
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
RSCGR
P
PT ADD
RSCGR
P
DSP
RSCGR
P
MOD
RSCGR
P
RMV
RSCGR
PLST
RSCGR
P
None None Meaning: Indicates the type of port where a
transmission resource group is carried. The LTE
currently does not support STM1, IMA, UNI, or
FRAATM.
GUI Value Range: IMA(IMA Group), UNI(UNI
Link), STM1(STM1), FRAATM(FRAATM Link),
PPP(PPP Link), MPGRP(Multi-link PPP Group),
ETH(Ethernet Port), ETHTRK(Ethernet Trunk),
TUNNEL(Tunnel)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: IMA, UNI, STM1, FRAATM,
PPP, MPGRP, ETH, ETHTRK, TUNNELDefault Value: None
RSCGR
P
TXBW ADD
RSCGR
P
MOD
RSCGR
P
DSP
RSCGR
P
LST
RSCGR
P
WRFD-
0213040
6
LOFD-0
03011 /
TDLOF
D-00301
1
GBFD-1
18605
Transmi
ssion
Recours
e
Sharing
on
Iub/Iur
Interface
Enhance
d
Transmi
ssion
QoS
Manage
ment
IP QOS
Meaning: Indicates the maximum uplink bandwidth of
a transmission resource group at the MAC layer when
the transmission resource group is carried over IP.
This parameter value is used as the uplink transport
admission bandwidth and TX traffic shaping
bandwidth. The minimum rate supported by the
UMPTb or UMDU is 64 kbit/s. The LMPT can be
configured with a maximum of 360 Mbit/s TX bandwidth. The WMPT can be configured with a
maximum of 300 Mbit/s TX bandwidth. The UMPT,
UMDU or UTRPc can be configured with a maximum
of 1 Gbit/s TX bandwidth. The UCCU can be
configured with a maximum of 10 Gbit/s TX
bandwidth. The value of TX bandwidth is set to the
maximum value of TX bandwidth supported by the
board when it bigger than the maximum one. For a
WMPT and a UTRP (excluding UTRPa), this
parameter does not specify the TX traffic shaping
bandwidth of the transmission resource group that is
carried on the PPP link.
GUI Value Range: 32~10000000
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 32~10000000
Default Value: None
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 10 Parameters
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
151
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 158/210
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
RSCGR
P
RXBW ADD
RSCGR
P
MOD
RSCGR
P
DSP
RSCGR
P
LST
RSCGR
P
WRFD-
0213040
6
WRFD-
0106101
0
LOFD-0
03011 /
TDLOF
D-00301
1
GBFD-118605
Transmi
ssion
Recours
e
Sharing
on
Iub/Iur
Interface
HSDPA
Flow
Control
Enhanced
Transmi
ssion
QoS
Manage
ment
IP QOS
Meaning: Indicates the RX bandwidth of a
transmission resource group. To LTE, this parameter
value is also used as the downlink transport admission
bandwidth. The minimum rate supported by the
UMPTb or UMDU is 64 kbit/s. The LMPT can be
configured with a maximum of 540 Mbit/s RX
bandwidth. The WMPT can be configured with a
maximum of 300 Mbit/s RX bandwidth. The UMPT,
UMDU or UTRPc can be configured with a maximum
of 1 Gbit/s RX bandwidth. The UCCU can be
configured with a maximum of 10 Gbit/s RX
bandwidth. The value of RX bandwidth is set to the
maximum value of RX bandwidth supported by the board when it bigger than the maximum one.
GUI Value Range: 32~10000000
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 32~10000000
Default Value: None
RSCGR
P
TXCIR ADD
RSCGR
P
MOD
RSCGR
P
LST
RSCGR
P
WRFD-
0213040
6
LOFD-0
03011 /
TDLOF
D-00301
1
GBFD-1
18605
Transmi
ssion
Recours
eSharing
on
Iub/Iur
Interface
Enhance
d
Transmi
ssion
QoS
Manage
ment
IP QOS
Meaning: Indicates the transmit CIR of the
transmission resource group. The LMPT can be
configured with a maximum of 360 Mbit/s TX
committed information rate. The UMPT, UMDU or UTRPc can be configured with a maximum of 1
Gbit/s TX committed information rate. The UCCU
can be configured with a maximum of 10 Gbit/s TX
committed information rate. The value of TX
committed information rate is set to the maximum
value of TX committed information rate supported by
the board when it bigger than the maximum one.
GUI Value Range: 64~10000000
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 64~10000000
Default Value: None
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 10 Parameters
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
152
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 159/210
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
RSCGR
P
RXCIR ADD
RSCGR
P
MOD
RSCGR
P
LST
RSCGR
P
WRFD-
0213040
6
LOFD-0
03011 /
TDLOF
D-00301
1
GBFD-1
18605
Transmi
ssion
Recours
e
Sharing
on
Iub/Iur
Interface
Enhance
d
Transmi
ssion
QoS
Manage
ment
IP QOS
Meaning: Indicates the receive CIR of the
transmission resource group. This parameter value is
used as the downlink transport admission bandwidth
for non-flow-control services. The LMPT can be
configured with a maximum of 540 Mbit/s RX
committed information rate. The UMPT, UMDU or
UTRPc can be configured with a maximum of 1
Gbit/s RX committed information rate. The UCCU
can be configured with a maximum of 10 Gbit/s RX
committed information rate. The value of RX
committed information rate is set to the maximum
value of RX committed information rate supported by
the board when it bigger than the maximum one. Onlythe LTE supports this function currently.
GUI Value Range: 64~10000000
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 64~10000000
Default Value: None
RSCGR
P
TXPIR ADD
RSCGR
P
MOD
RSCGR P
LST
RSCGR
P
WRFD-
0213040
6
LOFD-0
03011 /
TDLOF
D-00301
1
GBFD-1
18605
Transmi
ssion
Recours
e
Sharingon
Iub/Iur
Interface
Enhance
d
Transmi
ssion
QoS
Manage
ment
IP QOS
Meaning: Indicates the transmit PIR of the
transmission resource group. The LMPT can be
configured with a maximum of 360 Mbit/s TX peak
information rate. The UMPT, UMDU or UTRPc can
be configured with a maximum of 1 Gbit/s TX peak information rate. The UCCU can be configured with a
maximum of 10 Gbit/s TX peak information rate. The
value of TX peak information rate is set to the
maximum value of TX peak information rate
supported by the board when it bigger than the
maximum one.
GUI Value Range: 64~10000000
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 64~10000000
Default Value: None
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 10 Parameters
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
153
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 160/210
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
RSCGR
P
RXPIR ADD
RSCGR
P
MOD
RSCGR
P
LST
RSCGR
P
WRFD-
0213040
6
LOFD-0
03011 /
TDLOF
D-00301
1
GBFD-1
18605
Transmi
ssion
Recours
e
Sharing
on
Iub/Iur
Interface
Enhance
d
Transmi
ssion
QoS
Manage
ment
IP QOS
Meaning: Indicates the receive PIR of the
transmission resource group. This parameter value is
used as the downlink transport admission bandwidth.
The LMPT can be configured with a maximum of 540
Mbit/s RX peak information rate. The UMPT, UMDU
or URTPc can be configured with a maximum of 1
Gbit/s RX peak information rate. The UCCU can be
configured with a maximum of 10 Gbit/s RX peak
information rate. The value of RX peak information
rate is set to the maximum value of RX peak
information rate supported by the board when it
bigger than the maximum one. Only the LTE supports
this function currently.GUI Value Range: 64~10000000
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 64~10000000
Default Value: None
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 10 Parameters
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
154
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 161/210
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
GTRAN
SPARA
LPSCH
SW
SET
GTRAN
SPARA
LST
GTRAN
SPARA
LOFD-0
0301101
/
TDLOF
D-00301
101
Transpo
rt
Overboo
king
Meaning: Indicates the switch used to control whether
to allocate bandwidths to transmission resource
groups on the physical port based on their scheduling
weights. When RATECFGTYPE (the rate
configuration type) is set to SINGLE_RATE and
Physical Port Up Link OverBooking Switch or
Physical Port Down Link OverBooking Switch is set
to OFF, different values of this parameter lead to
different bandwidth allocation methods as follows: (1)
If this parameter is set to DISABLE and the sum of
TX bandwidths of the associated resource groups
exceeds the bandwidth of the physical port, each
resource group is allocated a bandwidth that is directly proportional to its configured TX bandwidth; (2) If
this parameter is set to ENABLE and the sum of TX
bandwidths of the associated resource groups exceeds
the bandwidth of the physical port, each resource
group is allocated a bandwidth that is directly
proportional to its scheduling weight. When
RATECFGTYPE (the rate configuration type) is set to
DUAL_RATE, different values of this parameter lead
to different CIR allocation methods as follows: (1) If
the sum of CIRs of the associated resource groups
exceeds the bandwidth of the physical port, each
resource group is allocated a CIR that is directly proportional to its configured CIR; (2) If the sum of
CIRs of the associated resource groups is smaller than
the bandwidth of the physical port, each resource
group is allocated a non-CIR that is directly
proportional to its scheduling weight. In this case, the
PIR of a resource group is the sum of the CIR and the
non-CIR.
GUI Value Range: DISABLE(Disable),
ENABLE(Enable)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: DISABLE, ENABLE
Default Value: DISABLE(Disable)
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 10 Parameters
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
155
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 162/210
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
RSCGR
P
WEIGH
T
ADD
RSCGR
P
MOD
RSCGR
P
LST
RSCGR
P
WRFD-
0213040
6
LOFD-0
03011 /
TDLOF
D-00301
1
GBFD-1
18605
Transmi
ssion
Recours
e
Sharing
on
Iub/Iur
Interface
Enhance
d
Transmi
ssion
QoS
Manage
ment
IP QOS
Meaning: Indicates the scheduling weight of a
transmission resource group. This parameter is used in
calculating the bandwidth scheduled to a resource
group, which helps achieve the user admission
control.
GUI Value Range: 1~100
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 1~100
Default Value: 100
GTRAN
SPARA
RATEC
FGTYP
E
SET
GTRAN
SPARA
LST
GTRAN
SPARA
LOFD-0
03011 /
TDLOF
D-00301
1
Enhance
d
Transmi
ssion
QoS
Manage
ment
Meaning: Indicates the rate configuration mode of
transmission resource groups in the BS, which can be
set to SINGLE_RATE or DUAL_RATE. The dual rate
configuration refers to the hybrid of the peak
information rate (PIR) and committed information rate
(CIR). If this parameter is set to SINGLE_RATE, the
transmission resource group performs traffic shaping based on its transmit bandwidth. If this parameter is
set to DUAL_RATE, the transmission resource group
performs traffic shaping based on PIR and the
transmission admission algorithm ensures that the
non-flow-controllable traffic does not exceed CIR.
GUI Value Range: SINGLE_RATE(Single Rate),
DUAL_RATE(Dual Rate)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: SINGLE_RATE, DUAL_RATE
Default Value: SINGLE_RATE(Single Rate)
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 10 Parameters
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
156
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 163/210
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
LR CIR SET LR
LST LR
WRFD-
0106101
0
LOFD-0
0301101
/
TDLOF
D-00301
101
LOFD-0
0301102
/TDLOF
D-00301
102
GBFD-1
18605
HSDPA
Flow
Control
Transpo
rt
Overboo
king
Transpo
rt
Differen
tiated
Flow
Control
IP QOS
Meaning: Indicates the UL committed information
rate after rate limitation is configured at a port. The
precision of the UL committed information rate
supported by the UMPTb or UMDU is 64 kbit/s, the
precision supported by the other board is 32 kbit/s. If
the configured UL committed information rate is not a
multiple of the precision, the UL committed
information rate is rounded up.For the GTMU, the
value of CIR ranges from 64 to 100000. If this
parameter is set to a value greater than the maximum
allowed value or less than the minimum allowed
value, the maximum or the minimum allowed value
takes effect.GUI Value Range: 32~10000000
Unit: kbit/s
Actual Value Range: 32~10000000
Default Value: None
LR DLCIR SET LR
LST LR
WRFD-
050402
LOFD-0
0301101
/TDLOF
D-00301
101
LOFD-0
0301102
/
TDLOF
D-00301
102
GBFD-1
18605
IP
Transmi
ssion
Introduc
tion on
IubInterface
Transpo
rt
Overboo
king
Transpo
rt
Differen
tiated
Flow
Control
IP QOS
Meaning: Indicates the DL committed information
rate after rate limitation is configured at a port.The
parameter does not take effect in GSM.For UMTS,if
the downlink flow control switch is set to
DYNAMIC_BW_SHAPING or
STATIC_BW_SHAPING, this parameter is valid. If the downlink flow control switch is set to
BW_SHAPING_ONOFF_TOGGLE, this parameter is
valid when traffic congestion is detected. In other
cases, this parameter is invalid.For LTE, this
parameter computes the value of Physical Port Down
Link Admission.The minimum rate supported by the
UMPTb or UMDU is 64 kbit/s.
GUI Value Range: 32~10000000
Unit: kbit/s
Actual Value Range: 32~10000000
Default Value: None
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 10 Parameters
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
157
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 164/210
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
IPPATH LOCAL
IP
ADD
IPPATH
MOD
IPPATH
LST
IPPATH
WRFD-
050402
GBFD-1
18601
GBFD-1
18611
IP
Transmi
ssion
Introduc
tion on
Iub
Interface
Abis
over IP
Abis IP
over
E1/T1
Meaning: Indicates the local IP address of an IP path.
The value 0.0.0.0 indicates that the local IP address
needs to be negotiated.
GUI Value Range: Valid IP address
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: Valid IP address
Default Value: None
IPPATH PEERIP ADD
IPPATH
MOD
IPPATH
LST
IPPATH
WRFD-
050402
GBFD-1
18601
GBFD-1
18611
IP
Transmi
ssion
Introduc
tion on
Iub
Interface
Abis
over IP
Abis IP
over
E1/T1
Meaning: Indicates the peer IP address of the IP path.
GUI Value Range: Valid IP address
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: Valid IP address
Default Value: None
IPPATH PATHT
YPE
ADD
IPPATH
MOD
IPPATH
LST
IPPATH
GBFD-1
18601
GBFD-1
18611
Abis
over IP
Abis IP
over
E1/T1
Meaning: Indicates the type of the IP path. FIXED
indicates that this IP path is used to carry the service
with specified Quality of Service (QoS), that is, with a
specified DSCP. ANY indicates that this IP Path can
be used to carry services of any QoS and hence is used
to carry the service without a specified DSCP.
GUI Value Range: FIXED(Fixed QoS), ANY(Any
QoS)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: FIXED, ANY
Default Value: FIXED(Fixed QoS)
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 10 Parameters
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
158
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 165/210
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
IPPATH DSCP ADD
IPPATH
MOD
IPPATH
LST
IPPATH
WRFD-
050402
GBFD-1
18601
GBFD-1
18611
IP
Transmi
ssion
Introduc
tion on
Iub
Interface
Abis
over IP
Abis IP
over
E1/T1
Meaning: Indicates the differentiated services code
point (DSCP) of the services carried on an IP path.
GUI Value Range: 0~63
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~63
Default Value: None
IPPATH RSCGR
PID
ADD
IPPATH
MOD
IPPATH
LST
IPPATH
WRFD-
0213040
6
GBFD-1
18605
Transmi
ssion
Recours
e
Sharing
on
Iub/Iur
Interface
IP QOS
Meaning: Indicates the ID of the transmission
resource group established on an IP path.
GUI Value Range: 0~15
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~15
Default Value: 0
IPPATH JNRSCGRP
ADDIPPATH
MOD
IPPATH
LST
IPPATH
WRFD-0213040
6
GBFD-1
18605
Transmission
Recours
e
Sharing
on
Iub/Iur
Interface
IP QOS
Meaning: Indicates whether the IP path joins atransmission resource group. If this parameter is set to
DISABLE, the IP path is established on the default
transmission resource group on a specific physical
port.
GUI Value Range: DISABLE(Disable),
ENABLE(Enable)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: DISABLE, ENABLE
Default Value: DISABLE(Disable)
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 10 Parameters
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
159
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 166/210
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
Standard
Qci
UlMinG
br
MOD
STAND
ARDQC
I
LST
STAND
ARDQC
I
LOFD-0
0101502
/
TDLOF
D-00101
502
LOFD-0
0301101
LOFD-0
0301102
LOFD-0
0301103TDLBF
D-00202
5
TDLOF
D-00101
5
Dynami
c
Scheduli
ng
Transpo
rt
Overboo
king
Transpo
rt
Differen
tiated
Flow
Control
Transpo
rt
Resourc
e
Overloa
d
Control
Basic
Scheduli
ng
Enhance
d
Scheduli
ng
Meaning: Indicates the uplink minimum guaranteed
bit rate of the non-GBR service.
GUI Value Range: MinGbrRate_0_KB(0kB/s),
MinGbrRate_1_KB(1kB/s),
MinGbrRate_2_KB(2kB/s),
MinGbrRate_4_KB(4kB/s),
MinGbrRate_8_KB(8kB/s),
MinGbrRate_16_KB(16kB/s),
MinGbrRate_32_KB(32kB/s),
MinGbrRate_64_KB(64kB/s),
MinGbrRate_128_KB(128kB/s),
MinGbrRate_256_KB(256kB/s),
MinGbrRate_512_KB(512kB/s)
Unit: kB/s
Actual Value Range: MinGbrRate_0_KB,
MinGbrRate_1_KB, MinGbrRate_2_KB,
MinGbrRate_4_KB, MinGbrRate_8_KB,
MinGbrRate_16_KB, MinGbrRate_32_KB,
MinGbrRate_64_KB, MinGbrRate_128_KB,
MinGbrRate_256_KB, MinGbrRate_512_KB
Default Value: MinGbrRate_1_KB(1kB/s)
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 10 Parameters
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
160
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 167/210
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
Extende
dQci
UlMinG
br
ADD
EXTEN
DEDQC
I
MOD
EXTEN
DEDQC
I
LST
EXTEN
DEDQC
I
LOFD-0
0101502
/
TDLOF
D-00101
502
LOFD-0
0301101
LOFD-0
0301102
/
TDLOF
D-00301
102
LOFD-0
0301103
Dynami
c
Scheduli
ng
Transpo
rt
Overboo
king
Transpo
rt
Differen
tiated
Flow
Control
Transpo
rt
Resourc
e
Overloa
d
Control
Meaning: Indicates the uplink minimum guaranteed
bit rate of the non-GBR service.
GUI Value Range: MinGbrRate_0_KB(0kB/s),
MinGbrRate_1_KB(1kB/s),
MinGbrRate_2_KB(2kB/s),
MinGbrRate_4_KB(4kB/s),
MinGbrRate_8_KB(8kB/s),
MinGbrRate_16_KB(16kB/s),
MinGbrRate_32_KB(32kB/s),
MinGbrRate_64_KB(64kB/s),
MinGbrRate_128_KB(128kB/s),
MinGbrRate_256_KB(256kB/s),
MinGbrRate_512_KB(512kB/s)
Unit: kB/s
Actual Value Range: MinGbrRate_0_KB,
MinGbrRate_1_KB, MinGbrRate_2_KB,
MinGbrRate_4_KB, MinGbrRate_8_KB,
MinGbrRate_16_KB, MinGbrRate_32_KB,
MinGbrRate_64_KB, MinGbrRate_128_KB,
MinGbrRate_256_KB, MinGbrRate_512_KB
Default Value: MinGbrRate_1_KB(1kB/s)
Standard
Qci
DlMinG
br
MOD
STANDARDQC
I
LST
STAND
ARDQC
I
LOFD-0
0101502/
TDLOF
D-00101
502
LOFD-0
0301101
LOFD-0
0301103
LOFD-0
03016 /
TDLOFD-00301
6
Dynami
cScheduli
ng
Transpo
rt
Overboo
king
Transpo
rt
Resourc
e
Overload
Control
Differen
t
Transpo
rt Paths
based on
QoS
Grade
Meaning: Indicates the downlink minimum
guaranteed bit rate of the non-GBR service.GUI Value Range: MinGbrRate_0_KB(0kB/s),
MinGbrRate_1_KB(1kB/s),
MinGbrRate_2_KB(2kB/s),
MinGbrRate_4_KB(4kB/s),
MinGbrRate_8_KB(8kB/s),
MinGbrRate_16_KB(16kB/s),
MinGbrRate_32_KB(32kB/s),
MinGbrRate_64_KB(64kB/s),
MinGbrRate_128_KB(128kB/s),
MinGbrRate_256_KB(256kB/s),
MinGbrRate_512_KB(512kB/s)
Unit: kB/s
Actual Value Range: MinGbrRate_0_KB,
MinGbrRate_1_KB, MinGbrRate_2_KB,
MinGbrRate_4_KB, MinGbrRate_8_KB,
MinGbrRate_16_KB, MinGbrRate_32_KB,
MinGbrRate_64_KB, MinGbrRate_128_KB,
MinGbrRate_256_KB, MinGbrRate_512_KB
Default Value: MinGbrRate_1_KB(1kB/s)
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 10 Parameters
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
161
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 168/210
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
Extende
dQci
DlMinG
br
ADD
EXTEN
DEDQC
I
MOD
EXTEN
DEDQC
I
LST
EXTEN
DEDQC
I
LOFD-0
0101502
/
TDLOF
D-00101
502
LOFD-0
0301101
/
TDLOF
D-00301
101
LOFD-0
0301103
/
TDLOF
D-00301
103
LOFD-0
03016 /
TDLOF
D-00301
6
Dynami
c
Scheduli
ng
Transpo
rt
Overboo
king
Transpo
rt
Resourc
e
Overloa
d
Control
Differen
t
Transpo
rt Paths
based on
QoS
Grade
Meaning: Indicates the downlink minimum
guaranteed bit rate of the non-GBR service.
GUI Value Range: MinGbrRate_0_KB(0kB/s),
MinGbrRate_1_KB(1kB/s),
MinGbrRate_2_KB(2kB/s),
MinGbrRate_4_KB(4kB/s),
MinGbrRate_8_KB(8kB/s),
MinGbrRate_16_KB(16kB/s),
MinGbrRate_32_KB(32kB/s),
MinGbrRate_64_KB(64kB/s),
MinGbrRate_128_KB(128kB/s),
MinGbrRate_256_KB(256kB/s),
MinGbrRate_512_KB(512kB/s)
Unit: kB/s
Actual Value Range: MinGbrRate_0_KB,
MinGbrRate_1_KB, MinGbrRate_2_KB,
MinGbrRate_4_KB, MinGbrRate_8_KB,
MinGbrRate_16_KB, MinGbrRate_32_KB,
MinGbrRate_64_KB, MinGbrRate_128_KB,
MinGbrRate_256_KB, MinGbrRate_512_KB
Default Value: MinGbrRate_1_KB(1kB/s)
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 10 Parameters
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
162
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 169/210
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
Extende
dQci
FlowCtr
lType
ADD
EXTEN
DEDQC
I
MOD
EXTEN
DEDQC
I
LST
EXTEN
DEDQC
I
LOFD-0
0301101
/
TDLOF
D-00301
101
LOFD-0
0301102
/
TDLOF
D-00301
102
LOFD-0
0301103
/
TDLOF
D-00301
103
LOFD-0
03016 /
TDLOF
D-00301
6
Transpo
rt
Overboo
king
Transpo
rt
Differen
tiated
Flow
Control
Transpo
rt
Resourc
e
Overloa
d
Control
Differen
t
Transpo
rt Paths
based on
QoS
Grade
Meaning: Indicates whether to enable flow control for
the QCI.
GUI Value Range: FLOW_CTRL(Flow Control),
NON_FLOW_CTRL(Non Flow Control)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: FLOW_CTRL,
NON_FLOW_CTRL
Default Value: FLOW_CTRL(Flow Control)
DIFPRI PRIRUL
E
SET
DIFPRI
LST
DIFPRI
WRFD-
050402
LBFD-0
0300201
/
TDLBF
D-00300
201
GBFD-1
18605
IP
Transmi
ssion
Introduc
tion on
Iub
Interface
DiffServ
QoS
Support
IP QOS
Meaning: Indicates the rule for prioritizing traffic to
meet service requirements. If this parameter is set to
IPPRECEDENCE, the protocol stack of the earlier
version is adopted, which firstly converts a Type of
Service (TOS) to a DSCP and then prioritizes traffic.
GUI Value Range: IPPRECEDENCE(IP Precedence),
DSCP(DSCP)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: IPPRECEDENCE, DSCP
Default Value: DSCP(DSCP)
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 10 Parameters
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
163
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 170/210
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
DIFPRI SIGPRI SET
DIFPRI
LST
DIFPRI
WRFD-
050402
LBFD-0
0300201
/
TDLBF
D-00300
201
GBFD-1
18605
IP
Transmi
ssion
Introduc
tion on
Iub
Interface
DiffServ
QoS
Support
IP QOS
Meaning: Indicates the priority of signaling. The
priority has a positive correlation with the value of
this parameter.
GUI Value Range: 0~63
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~63
Default Value: 48
DIFPRI OMHIG
HPRI
SET
DIFPRI
LST
DIFPRI
WRFD-
050402
LBFD-0
0300201
/
TDLBF
D-00300
201
GBFD-1
18605
IP
Transmi
ssion
Introduc
tion on
Iub
Interface
DiffServ
QoS
Support
IP QOS
Meaning: Indicates the priority of the high-level OM
data. The priority has a positive correlation with the
value of this parameter.
GUI Value Range: 0~63
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~63
Default Value: 46
DIFPRI OMLO
WPRI
SET
DIFPRI
LST
DIFPRI
WRFD-
050402
LBFD-0
0300201
/
TDLBF
D-00300
201
GBFD-1
18605
IP
Transmi
ssion
Introduc
tion on
Iub
Interface
DiffServ
QoS
Support
IP QOS
Meaning: Indicates the priority of the low-level OM
data, such as the data to be uploaded or downloaded.
The priority has a positive correlation with the value
of this parameter. The low-level OM data includes the
packets related to File Transfer Protocol (FTP).
GUI Value Range: 0~63
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~63
Default Value: 18
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 10 Parameters
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
164
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 171/210
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
DIFPRI IPCLKP
RI
SET
DIFPRI
LST
DIFPRI
None None Meaning: Indicates the priority of the IP clock. If the
IP clock that follows the Precision Time Protocol
(PTP) is used, set this parameter to the DSCP of the
PTP packets. If the IP clock that follows the Huawei
proprietary protocol is used, set this parameter to the
DSCP of these packets that follow the Huawei
proprietary protocol.
GUI Value Range: 0~63
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~63
Default Value: 46
UDT UDTPA
RAGRP
ID
ADD
UDT
MOD
UDT
LST
UDT
None None Meaning: Indicates the ID of the transport parameter
group related to the services corresponding to an
QCI.User data type numbers 1~9 correspond to user
data type transfer parameter group IDs 40~48, which
are automatically configured by the BS.
GUI Value Range: 0~48
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~48
Default Value: None
UDTPARAGRP
UDTPARAGRP
ID
ADDUDTPA
RAGRP
LST
UDTPA
RAGRP
MOD
UDTPA
RAGRP
RMV
UDTPA
RAGRP
None None Meaning: Indicates the ID of the transport parameter group related to the service that corresponds to the
QCI. It uniquely identifies a transport parameter
group.User data type numbers 1~9 correspond to user
data type transfer parameter group IDs 40~48, which
are automatically configured by the BS.
GUI Value Range: 0~48
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~48
Default Value: None
UDT UDTNO ADD
UDT
MOD
UDT
RMV
UDT
LST
UDT
None None Meaning: Indicates the number of the user data
type.Numbers 1~9 are standard user data types, which
are automatically configured by the BS. Numbers
10~254 are extended user data types.
GUI Value Range: 1~254
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 1~254
Default Value: None
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 10 Parameters
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
165
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 172/210
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
UDTPA
RAGRP
PRIRUL
E
ADD
UDTPA
RAGRP
MOD
UDTPA
RAGRP
LST
UDTPA
RAGRP
None None Meaning: Indicates the rule for prioritizing traffic to
meet service requirements. If this parameter is set to
IPPRECEDENCE, the protocol stack of the earlier
version is adopted, which firstly converts a Type of
Service (TOS) to a DSCP and then prioritizes traffic.
GUI Value Range: IPPRECEDENCE(IP Precedence),
DSCP(DSCP)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: IPPRECEDENCE, DSCP
Default Value: DSCP(DSCP)
UDTPARAGRP PRI ADDUDTPA
RAGRP
MOD
UDTPA
RAGRP
LST
UDTPA
RAGRP
None None Meaning: Indicates the priority of the service data,which is identified by a DSCP value. The priority of
the service data has a positive correlation with the
DSCP value.
GUI Value Range: 0~63
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~63
Default Value: None
UDTPA
RAGRP
ACTFA
CTOR
ADD
UDTPA
RAGRP
MOD
UDTPA
RAGRP
LST
UDTPA
RAGRP
None None Meaning: Indicates the activity factor of the services
corresponding to an QCI.
GUI Value Range: 0~100
Unit: %
Actual Value Range: 0~100
Default Value: 0
RSCGR
PALG
TXRSV
BW
SET
RSCGR
PALG
LSTRSCGR
PALG
LOFD-0
0301101
/
TDLOFD-00301
101
LOFD-0
0301102
/
TDLOF
D-00301
102
Transpo
rt
Overboo
kingTranspo
rt
Differen
tiated
Flow
Control
Meaning: Indicates the TX bandwidth reserved for
signaling data, OM data, or real-time services. This
parameter should be set to a value less than the TX
bandwidth of a transmission resource group. It isrecommended that the reserved TX bandwidth be set
to a value less than or equal to 3% of the TX
bandwidth of a transmission resource group. This
parameter does not take effect in UTMS.
GUI Value Range: 0~10000000
Unit: kbit/s
Actual Value Range: 0~10000000
Default Value: 0
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 10 Parameters
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
166
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 173/210
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
RSCGR
PALG
RXRSV
BW
SET
RSCGR
PALG
LST
RSCGR
PALG
LOFD-0
0301101
/
TDLOF
D-00301
101
LOFD-0
0301102
/
TDLOF
D-00301
102
Transpo
rt
Overboo
king
Transpo
rt
Differen
tiated
Flow
Control
Meaning: Indicates the reserved RX bandwidth, which
should be set to a value smaller than or equal to the
RX bandwidth of a transmission resource group. The
UMTS currently does not support this function.
GUI Value Range: 0~10000000
Unit: kbit/s
Actual Value Range: 0~10000000
Default Value: 0
TACAL
G
RSCGR
PULCA
CSWIT
CH
SET
TACAL
G
LST
TACAL
G
LOFD-0
0301101
/
TDLOF
D-00301
101
Transpo
rt
Overboo
king
Meaning: Indicates the switch that is used to control
whether to apply UL admission control to a resource
group.
GUI Value Range: OFF(Off), ON(On)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
Default Value: ON(On)
TACAL
G
RSCGR
PDLCA
CSWITCH
SET
TACAL
GLST
TACAL
G
LOFD-0
0301101
/TDLOF
D-00301
101
Transpo
rt
Overbooking
Meaning: Indicates the switch that is used to control
whether to apply DL admission control to a resource
group.GUI Value Range: OFF(Off), ON(On)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
Default Value: ON(On)
TACAL
G
PORTU
LCACS
W
SET
TACAL
G
LST
TACAL
G
LOFD-0
0301101
/
TDLOF
D-00301
101
Transpo
rt
Overboo
king
Meaning: Indicates the switch that is used to control
whether to apply UL admission control to a physical
port. If this parameter is set to ON, UL admission
control is applied to the physical port. If this
parameter is set to OFF, UL admission control is not
applied to the physical port.
GUI Value Range: OFF(Off), ON(On)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
Default Value: OFF(Off)
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 10 Parameters
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
167
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 174/210
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
TACAL
G
PORTD
LCACS
W
SET
TACAL
G
LST
TACAL
G
LOFD-0
0301101
/
TDLOF
D-00301
101
Transpo
rt
Overboo
king
Meaning: Indicates the switch that is used to control
whether to apply DL admission control to a physical
port. If this parameter is set to ON, DL admission
control is applied to the physical port. If this
parameter is set to OFF, DL admission control is not
applied to the physical port.
GUI Value Range: OFF(Off), ON(On)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
Default Value: OFF(Off)
TACALG TRMULHOCAC
TH
SETTACAL
G
LST
TACAL
G
LOFD-00301101
/
TDLOF
D-00301
101
Transport
Overboo
king
Meaning: Indicates the UL admission threshold for handed-over services. A large value of this parameter
will result in a high UL admission success rate of
handed-over services.
GUI Value Range: 0~100
Unit: %
Actual Value Range: 0~100
Default Value: 90
TACAL
G
TRMDL
HOCAC
TH
SET
TACAL
GLST
TACAL
G
LOFD-0
0301101
/TDLOF
D-00301
101
Transpo
rt
Overbooking
Meaning: Indicates the DL admission threshold for
handed-over services. A large value of this parameter
will result in a high DL admission success rate of handed-over services.
GUI Value Range: 0~100
Unit: %
Actual Value Range: 0~100
Default Value: 90
TACAL
G
TRMUL
GOLDC
ACTH
SET
TACAL
G
LST
TACAL
G
LOFD-0
0301101
/
TDLOF
D-00301101
Transpo
rt
Overboo
king
Meaning: Indicates the UL admission threshold for
new Gold-level services. A large value of this
parameter will result in a high UL admission success
rate of new Gold-level services.
GUI Value Range: 0~100
Unit: %
Actual Value Range: 0~100
Default Value: 85
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 10 Parameters
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
168
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 175/210
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
TACAL
G
TRMDL
GOLDC
ACTH
SET
TACAL
G
LST
TACAL
G
LOFD-0
0301101
/
TDLOF
D-00301
101
Transpo
rt
Overboo
king
Meaning: Indicates the DL admission threshold for
new Gold-level services. A large value of this
parameter will result in a high DL admission success
rate of new Gold-level services.
GUI Value Range: 0~100
Unit: %
Actual Value Range: 0~100
Default Value: 85
TACAL
G
TRMUL
SILVER
CACTH
SET
TACAL
GLST
TACAL
G
LOFD-0
0301101
/TDLOF
D-00301
101
Transpo
rt
Overbooking
Meaning: Indicates the UL admission threshold for
new Silver-level services. A large value of this
parameter will result in a high UL admission successrate of new Silver-level services.
GUI Value Range: 0~100
Unit: %
Actual Value Range: 0~100
Default Value: 85
TACAL
G
TRMDL
SILVER
CACTH
SET
TACAL
G
LST
TACALG
LOFD-0
0301101
/
TDLOF
D-00301101
Transpo
rt
Overboo
king
Meaning: Indicates the DL admission threshold for
new Silver-level services. A large value of this
parameter will result in a high DL admission success
rate of new Silver-level services.
GUI Value Range: 0~100
Unit: %
Actual Value Range: 0~100
Default Value: 85
TACAL
G
TRMUL
BRONZ
ECACT
H
SET
TACAL
G
LST
TACAL
G
LOFD-0
0301101
/
TDLOF
D-00301
101
Transpo
rt
Overboo
king
Meaning: Indicates the UL admission threshold for
new Copper-level services. A large value of this
parameter will results in a high UL admission success
rate of new Copper-level services.
GUI Value Range: 0~100
Unit: %Actual Value Range: 0~100
Default Value: 85
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 10 Parameters
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
169
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 176/210
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
TACAL
G
TRMDL
BRONZ
ECACT
H
SET
TACAL
G
LST
TACAL
G
LOFD-0
0301101
/
TDLOF
D-00301
101
Transpo
rt
Overboo
king
Meaning: Indicates the DL admission threshold for
new Copper-level services. A large value of this
parameter will result in a high DL admission success
rate of new Copper-level services.
GUI Value Range: 0~100
Unit: %
Actual Value Range: 0~100
Default Value: 85
TACAL
G
TRMUL
GBRCA
CTH
SET
TACAL
GLST
TACAL
G
LOFD-0
0301101
/TDLOF
D-00301
101
Transpo
rt
Overbooking
Meaning: Indicates the uplink transport admission
threshold for the Guaranteed the Bit Rate (GBR)
service. A large value of this parameter will result in ahigh UL admission success rate of GBR services.
GUI Value Range: 0~100
Unit: %
Actual Value Range: 0~100
Default Value: 100
TACAL
G
TRMDL
GBRCA
CTH
SET
TACAL
G
LST
TACALG
LOFD-0
0301101
/
TDLOF
D-00301101
Transpo
rt
Overboo
king
Meaning: Indicates the DL admission threshold for the
guaranteed bit rate (GBR) service. A large value of
this parameter will result in a high DL admission
success rate of GBR services.
GUI Value Range: 0~100
Unit: %
Actual Value Range: 0~100
Default Value: 100
TACAL
G
EMCTA
CPSW
SET
TACAL
G
LST
TACAL
G
LOFD-0
0301101
/
TDLOF
D-00301
101
LBFD-0
02028 /
TDLBF
D-00202
8
Transpo
rt
Overboo
king
Emerge
ncy Call
Meaning: Indicates the switch that is used to
preferentially admit emergency calls. When this
parameter is set to ON, transmission admission
control is not performed for emergency calls and
emergency calls will be successfully admitted. When
this parameter is set to OFF and the transmission
admission algorithm switch is turned on, transmissionadmission control is performed for emergency calls.
When this parameter is set to OFF and the
transmission admission algorithm switch is turned off,
transmission admission control is not performed for
emergency calls.
GUI Value Range: OFF(Off), ON(On)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
Default Value: OFF(Off)
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 10 Parameters
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
170
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 177/210
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
TOLCA
LG
TRMUL
OLCRE
LTH
SET
TOLCA
LG
LST
TOLCA
LG
LOFD-0
0301103
/
TDLOF
D-00301
103
Transpo
rt
Resourc
e
Overloa
d
Control
Meaning: Indicates the threshold for clearing the UL
OLC. When the UL bandwidth occupancy is below
this threshold, user services are no longer removed.
GUI Value Range: 0~100
Unit: %
Actual Value Range: 0~100
Default Value: 90
TOLCA
LG
TRMDL
OLCRE
LTH
SET
TOLCA
LG
LSTTOLCA
LG
LOFD-0
0301103
/
TDLOFD-00301
103
Transpo
rt
Resourc
eOverloa
d
Control
Meaning: Indicates the threshold for clearing the DL
OLC. When the DL bandwidth occupancy is below
this threshold, user services are no longer removed.
GUI Value Range: 0~100Unit: %
Actual Value Range: 0~100
Default Value: 90
TACAL
G
TRMUL
PRESW
SET
TACAL
G
LST
TACAL
G
LOFD-0
0301101
/
TDLOF
D-00301
101
Transpo
rt
Overboo
king
Meaning: Indicates the switch that is used to control
whether to enable the UL pre-emption algorithm. If
this parameter is set to ON, the UL pre-emption
algorithm is enabled. In this case, the service with a
higher priority that requests admission may pre-empt
the resources of admitted services with lower
priorities when UL transmission bandwidth isinsufficient. If this parameter is set to OFF, the UL
pre-emption algorithm is disabled. In this case,
services with higher priorities that request admission
cannot pre-empt the resources of admitted services
with lower priorities when UL transmission
bandwidth is insufficient.
GUI Value Range: OFF(Off), ON(On)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
Default Value: OFF(Off)
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 10 Parameters
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
171
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 178/210
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
TACAL
G
TRMDL
PRESW
SET
TACAL
G
LST
TACAL
G
LOFD-0
0301101
/
TDLOF
D-00301
101
Transpo
rt
Overboo
king
Meaning: Indicates the switch that is used to control
whether to enable the DL pre-emption algorithm. If
this parameter is set to ON, the DL pre-emption
algorithm is enabled. In this case, the service with a
higher priority that requests admission can pre-empt
the resources of admitted services with lower
priorities when DL transmission bandwidth is
insufficient. If this parameter is set to OFF, the DL
pre-emption algorithm is disabled. In this case,
services with higher priorities that request admission
cannot pre-empt the resources of admitted services
with lower priorities when DL transmission
bandwidth is insufficient.GUI Value Range: OFF(Off), ON(On)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
Default Value: OFF(Off)
TACAL
G
PORTU
LOBSW
SET
TACAL
G
LST
TACAL
G
LOFD-0
0301101
/
TDLOF
D-00301
101
Transpo
rt
Overboo
king
Meaning: Indicates the switch that is used to control
whether to enable UL overbooking admission control.
It is used to determine the admission bandwidth of the
resource group and facilitate admission control.
GUI Value Range: OFF(Off), ON(On)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
Default Value: ON(On)
TACAL
G
PORTD
LOBSW
SET
TACAL
G
LST
TACAL
G
LOFD-0
0301101
/
TDLOF
D-00301
101
Transpo
rt
Overboo
king
Meaning: Indicates the switch that is used to control
whether to enable DL overbooking admission control.
It is used to determine the admission bandwidth of the
resource group and facilitate admission control.
GUI Value Range: OFF(Off), ON(On)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
Default Value: ON(On)
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 10 Parameters
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
172
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 179/210
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
RSCGR
PALG
TXBWA
SW
SET
RSCGR
PALG
LST
RSCGR
PALG
LOFD-0
0301202
/
TDLOF
D-00301
202
Transpo
rt
Dynami
c Flow
Control
Meaning:
Indicates whether to enable the dynamic adjustment of
the RX bandwidth of a transmission resource
group,This parameter takes effect only for the
resource groups to which ENODEBPATH or
GBTSPATH is added.
If this parameter is set to ON, the TX bandwidth is
adjusted according to the network performance and
dynamic bandwidth adjustment parameters (down
speed PLR threshold and down speed delay
threshold). The network performance is monitored
through IP PM sessions, which can be enabled at thelocal end or at the peer end.
If this parameter is set to OFF, the TX bandwidth is
not adjusted.
The UMTS currently does not support this function.
GUI Value Range: OFF(Off), ON(On)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
Default Value: OFF(Off)
RSCGR PALG
RXBWASW
SETRSCGR
PALG
LST
RSCGR
PALG
LOFD-00301202
/
TDLOF
D-00301
202
Transport
Dynami
c Flow
Control
Meaning:
Indicates whether to enable the dynamic adjustment of
the RX bandwidth of a transmission resource group.
If this parameter is set to ON, the RX bandwidth is
adjusted according to the network performance and
dynamic bandwidth adjustment parameters (down
speed PLR threshold and down speed delay
threshold). The network performance is monitored
through IP PM sessions, which can be enabled at the
local end or at the peer end.
If this parameter is set to OFF, the RX bandwidth isnot adjusted.
The UMTS currently does not support this function.
GUI Value Range: OFF(Off), ON(On)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
Default Value: OFF(Off)
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 10 Parameters
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
173
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 180/210
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
TLDRA
LG
TRMUL
LDRTR
GTH
SET
TLDRA
LG
LST
TLDRA
LG
LOFD-0
01032 /
TDLOF
D-00103
2
Intra-
LTE
Load
Balancin
g
Meaning: Indicates the threshold for triggering the UL
high load. If the ratio of the UL transport load to the
UL transport bandwidth of the BS keeps above this
threshold for a period of hysteresis, the UL transport
load of the BS enters the high-load state. In UL high-
load state, the BS sends a UL S1 TNL Load Indicator,
which is set to HighLoad, to each neighboring BS
through the X2 interface.
GUI Value Range: 0~100
Unit: %
Actual Value Range: 0~100
Default Value: 70
TLDRA
LG
TRMDL
LDRTR
GTH
SET
TLDRA
LG
LST
TLDRA
LG
LOFD-0
01032 /
TDLOF
D-00103
2
Intra-
LTE
Load
Balancin
g
Meaning: Indicates the threshold for triggering the DL
high load. If the ratio of the DL transport load to the
DL transport bandwidth of the BS keeps above this
threshold for a period of hysteresis, the DL transport
load of the BS enters the high-load state. In DL high-
load state, the BS sends a DL S1 TNL Load Indicator,
which is set to HighLoad, to each neighboring BS
through the X2 interface.
GUI Value Range: 0~100
Unit: %
Actual Value Range: 0~100
Default Value: 70
TLDRA
LG
TRMUL
LDRCL
RTH
SET
TLDRA
LG
LST
TLDRA
LG
LOFD-0
01032 /
TDLOF
D-00103
2
Intra-
LTE
Load
Balancin
g
Meaning: Indicates the threshold for clearing the UL
high load. If the ratio of the UL transport load to the
UL transport bandwidth of the BS keeps below this
threshold for a period of hysteresis, the UL transport
load of the BS enters the medium-load state. In UL
medium load state, the BS sends a UL S1 TNL Load
Indicator, which is set to MediumLoad, to each
neighboring BS through the X2 interface.
GUI Value Range: 0~100
Unit: %
Actual Value Range: 0~100
Default Value: 65
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 10 Parameters
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
174
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 181/210
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
TLDRA
LG
TRMDL
LDRCL
RTH
SET
TLDRA
LG
LST
TLDRA
LG
LOFD-0
01032 /
TDLOF
D-00103
2
Intra-
LTE
Load
Balancin
g
Meaning: Indicates the threshold for clearing the DL
high load. If the ratio of the transport load to the
transmission bandwidth in DL of the BS keeps below
this threshold for a period of time, the DL transport
load of the BS enters the medium-load state. In DL
medium-load state, the BS sends a DL S1 TNL Load
Indicator, which is set to MediumLoad, to each
neighboring BS through the X2 interface.
GUI Value Range: 0~100
Unit: %
Actual Value Range: 0~100
Default Value: 65
TLDRA
LG
TRMUL
MLDTR
GTH
SET
TLDRA
LG
LST
TLDRA
LG
LOFD-0
01032 /
TDLOF
D-00103
2
Intra-
LTE
Load
Balancin
g
Meaning: Indicates the threshold for triggering the UL
medium load. If the ratio of the UL transport load to
the UL transport bandwidth of the BS is above this
threshold, the UL transport load of the BS enters the
medium-load state. In UL medium-load state, the BS
sends a UL S1 TNL Load Indicator, which is set to
MediumLoad, to each neighboring BS through the X2
interface.
GUI Value Range: 0~100
Unit: %
Actual Value Range: 0~100
Default Value: 50
TLDRA
LG
TRMDL
MLDTR
GTH
SET
TLDRA
LG
LST
TLDRA
LG
LOFD-0
01032 /
TDLOF
D-00103
2
Intra-
LTE
Load
Balancin
g
Meaning: Indicates the threshold for triggering the DL
medium load. If the ratio of the DL transport load to
the DL transport bandwidth of the BS is above this
threshold, the DL transport load of the BS enters the
medium-load state. In DL medium-load state, the BS
sends a DL S1 TNL Load Indicator, which is set to
MediumLoad, to each neighboring BS through the X2
interface.
GUI Value Range: 0~100
Unit: %
Actual Value Range: 0~100
Default Value: 50
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 10 Parameters
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
175
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 182/210
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
TLDRA
LG
TRMUL
MLDCL
RTH
SET
TLDRA
LG
LST
TLDRA
LG
LOFD-0
01032 /
TDLOF
D-00103
2
Intra-
LTE
Load
Balancin
g
Meaning: Indicates the threshold for clearing the UL
medium load. If the ratio of the UL transport load to
the UL transport bandwidth of the BS is below this
threshold, the UL transport load of the BS enters the
low-load state. In UL low-load state, the BS sends a
UL S1 TNL Load Indicator, which is set to LowLoad,
to each neighboring BS through the X2 interface.
GUI Value Range: 0~100
Unit: %
Actual Value Range: 0~100
Default Value: 45
TLDRA
LG
TRMDL
MLDCL
RTH
SET
TLDRA
LG
LST
TLDRA
LG
LOFD-0
01032 /
TDLOF
D-00103
2
Intra-
LTE
Load
Balancin
g
Meaning: Indicates the threshold for clearing the DL
medium load. If the ratio of the DL transport load to
the DL transport bandwidth of the BS is below this
threshold, the DL transport load of the BS enters the
low-load state. In DL low-load state, the BS sends a
DL S1 TNL Load Indicator, which is set to LowLoad,
to each neighboring BS through the X2 interface.
GUI Value Range: 0~100
Unit: %
Actual Value Range: 0~100
Default Value: 45
TOLCA
LG
TRMUL
OLCTR
IGTH
SET
TOLCA
LG
LST
TOLCA
LG
LOFD-0
0301103
/
TDLOF
D-00301
103
Transpo
rt
Resourc
e
Overloa
d
Control
Meaning: Indicates the threshold for triggering the UL
OLC. When the UL bandwidth occupancy reaches the
threshold, low-priority services are removed to
guarantee the quality of high-priority services.
GUI Value Range: 0~100
Unit: %
Actual Value Range: 0~100
Default Value: 95
TOLCALG
TRMOLCRELB
EARER
NUM
SETTOLCA
LG
LST
TOLCA
LG
LOFD-00301103
/
TDLOF
D-00301
103
Transport
Resourc
e
Overloa
d
Control
Meaning: Indicates the number of released servicesduring an OLC action period.
GUI Value Range: 0~100
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~100
Default Value: 5
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 10 Parameters
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
176
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 183/210
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
TOLCA
LG
TRMUL
OLCSW
ITCH
SET
TOLCA
LG
LST
TOLCA
LG
LOFD-0
0301103
/
TDLOF
D-00301
103
Transpo
rt
Resourc
e
Overloa
d
Control
Meaning: Indicates the UL Over Load Control (OLC)
algorithm switch. In the case of enabled switch, the
bandwidth of the services with low priority would be
released to guarantee the QoS of the services of high
priority when the TX bandwidth changes or during the
overload caused by real-time services.
GUI Value Range: OFF(Off), ON(On)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
Default Value: ON(On)
TOLCALG TRMDLOLCSW
ITCH
SETTOLCA
LG
LST
TOLCA
LG
LOFD-00301103
/
TDLOF
D-00301
103
Transport
Resourc
e
Overloa
d
Control
Meaning: Indicates the switch for the DL OLCalgorithm. If this parameter is set to ON, bandwidth of
the services of a low priority is released to guarantee
the QoS of the services of a high priority when
transport bandwidth changes or overload occurs due to
increased load of non-flow control services.
GUI Value Range: OFF(Off), ON(On)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
Default Value: ON(On)
TOLCALG
TRMDLOLCTR
IGTH
SETTOLCA
LG
LST
TOLCA
LG
LOFD-00301103
/
TDLOF
D-00301
103
Transport
Resourc
e
Overloa
d
Control
Meaning: Indicates the threshold for triggering the DLOLC. When the DL bandwidth occupancy reaches the
threshold, low-priority services are removed to
guarantee the quality of high-priority services.
GUI Value Range: 0~100
Unit: %
Actual Value Range: 0~100
Default Value: 95
Standard
Qci
UlschPri
orityFac
tor
MOD
STAND
ARDQCI
LST
STAND
ARDQC
I
LOFD-0
0101502
/TDLOF
D-00101
502
LOFD-0
0301102
/
TDLOF
D-00301
102
Dynami
c
Scheduling
Transpo
rt
Differen
tiated
Flow
Control
Meaning: Indicates the weight factor used in the
calculation of connection priorities during uplink
scheduling.
GUI Value Range: 1~1000
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0.001~1, step:0.001
Default Value: 700
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 10 Parameters
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
177
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 184/210
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
Extende
dQci
UlschPri
orityFac
tor
ADD
EXTEN
DEDQC
I
MOD
EXTEN
DEDQC
I
LST
EXTEN
DEDQC
I
LOFD-0
0101502
/
TDLOF
D-00101
502
LOFD-0
0301102
/
TDLOF
D-00301
102
Dynami
c
Scheduli
ng
Transpo
rt
Differen
tiated
Flow
Control
Meaning: Indicates the weight factor used in the
calculation of connection priorities during uplink
scheduling.
GUI Value Range: 1~1000
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0.001~1, step:0.001
Default Value: 700
RSCGR
PALG
TXSSW SET
RSCGR
PALG
LST
RSCGR
PALG
LOFD-0
0301102
/
TDLOF
D-00301
102
Transpo
rt
Differen
tiated
Flow
Control
Meaning: Indicates whether to enable traffic shaping
for a transmission resource group. If this parameter is
set to ON, traffic shaping is performed according to
the TX bandwidth so that the transmit traffic would
not exceed the capability of downstream routers, thus
avoiding unnecessary packet loss and congestion. If
this parameter is set to OFF, traffic shaping is not
performed during data transmission.
GUI Value Range: OFF(Off), ON(On)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
Default Value: ON(On)
RSCGR
P
TXCBS ADD
RSCGR
P
MOD
RSCGR
P
LST
RSCGR
P
WRFD-
0213040
6
LOFD-0
03011 /
TDLOF
D-00301
1
GBFD-1
18605
Transmi
ssion
Recours
e
Sharing
on
Iub/Iur
Interface
Enhanced
Transmi
ssion
QoS
Manage
ment
IP QOS
Meaning: Indicates the TX committed burst size of a
transmission resource group. The LMPT can be
configured with a maximum of 400 Mbit/s TX
committed burst size. The WMPT can be configured
with a maximum of 600 Mbit/s TX committed burst
size. The WMPT can be configured with a maximum
of 600 Mbit/s TX committed burst size. The UMPT,
UMDU or UTRPc can be configured with a maximum
of 1 Gbit/s TX committed burst size. The UCCU can
be configured with a maximum of 10 Gbit/s TX
committed burst size. The value of TX committed
burst size is set to the maximum value of TX
committed burst size supported by the board when it
bigger than the maximum one.
GUI Value Range: 64~10000000
Unit: kbit
Actual Value Range: 64~10000000
Default Value: 64
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 10 Parameters
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
178
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 185/210
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
RSCGR
P
TXEBS ADD
RSCGR
P
MOD
RSCGR
P
LST
RSCGR
P
WRFD-
0213040
6
LOFD-0
03011 /
TDLOF
D-00301
1
GBFD-1
18605
Transmi
ssion
Recours
e
Sharing
on
Iub/Iur
Interface
Enhance
d
Transmi
ssion
QoS
Manage
ment
IP QOS
Meaning: Indicates the TX excessive burst size of a
transmission resource group. The LMPT can be
configured with a maximum of 450 Mbit/s TX
excessive burst size. The WMPT can be configured
with a maximum of 600 Mbit/s TX excessive burst
size. The UMPT, UMDU or UTRPc can be configured
with a maximum of 1 Gbit/s TX excessive burst size.
The UCCU can be configured with a maximum of 10
Gbit/s TX excessive burst size. The value of TX
excessive burst size is set to the maximum value of
TX excessive burst size supported by the board when
it bigger than the maximum one.
GUI Value Range: 64~10000000
Unit: kbit
Actual Value Range: 64~10000000
Default Value: 1000000
RSCGR
P
TXPBS ADD
RSCGR
P
MOD
RSCGR
P
LST
RSCGR
P
WRFD-
0213040
6
LOFD-0
03011 /
TDLOF
D-00301
1
GBFD-1
18605
Transmi
ssion
Recours
e
Sharing
on
Iub/Iur Interface
Enhance
d
Transmi
ssion
QoS
Manage
ment
IP QOS
Meaning: Indicates the size of the peak burst
transmitted from the transmission resource group. The
LMPT can be configured with a maximum of 540
Mbit/s TX peak burst size. The UMPT, UMDU or
UTRPc can be configured with a maximum of 1
Gbit/s TX peak burst size. The UCCU can be
configured with a maximum of 10 Gbit/s TX peak burst size. The value of TX peak burst size is set to the
maximum value of TX peak burst size supported by
the board when it bigger than the maximum one.
GUI Value Range: 64~10000000
Unit: kbit
Actual Value Range: 64~10000000
Default Value: None
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 10 Parameters
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
179
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 186/210
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
LR CBS SET LR
LST LR
WRFD-
050402
LOFD-0
0301101
/
TDLOF
D-00301
101
LOFD-0
0301102
/
TDLOFD-00301
102
GBFD-1
18605
IP
Transmi
ssion
Introduc
tion on
Iub
Interface
Transpo
rt
Overboo
king
Transpo
rt
Differen
tiated
Flow
Control
IP QOS
Meaning: Indicates the Committed Burst Size (CBS)
after rate limitation is configured at a port.The
minimum rate supported by the UMPTb or UMDU is
64 kbit/s.For the GTMU, the value of CBS ranges
from 63 kbit to 256 kbit. If this parameter is set to a
value greater than the maximum allowed value or less
than the minimum allowed value, the maximum or the
minimum allowed value takes effect.
GUI Value Range: 32~10000000
Unit: kbit
Actual Value Range: 32~10000000
Default Value: None
LR EBS SET LR
LST LR
WRFD-
050402
LOFD-0
0301101
/
TDLOF
D-00301
101
LOFD-0
0301102
/
TDLOF
D-00301
102
GBFD-118605
IP
Transmi
ssion
Introduc
tion onIub
Interface
Transpo
rt
Overboo
king
Transpo
rt
Differen
tiated
FlowControl
IP QOS
Meaning: Indicates the Excess Burst Size (EBS) after
rate limitation is configured at a port.
GUI Value Range: 0~10000000
Unit: kbit
Actual Value Range: 0~10000000
Default Value: None
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 10 Parameters
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
180
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 187/210
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
RSCGR
PALG
PQN SET
RSCGR
PALG
LST
RSCGR
PALG
LOFD-0
0301101
/
TDLOF
D-00301
101
LOFD-0
0301102
/
TDLOF
D-00301
102
Transpo
rt
Overboo
king
Transpo
rt
Differen
tiated
Flow
Control
Meaning: Indicates the number of Priority Queues
(PQs) in a transmission resource group. The queues in
a transmission resource group are classified into PQs
and non-PQs. The scheduling priority of any PQ is
higher than that of any non-PQ. The queues numbered
from 0 to the result after this parameter value minus 1
are PQs. PQ scheduling is used between PQs. A
smaller PQ number indicates a higher scheduling
priority. The queues numbered from this parameter
value to 7 are non-PQs. Weight Round Robin (WPR)
scheduling is used between non-PQs.
GUI Value Range: 0~6
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~6
Default Value: 3
PRI2QU
E
PRI3 SET
PRI2QU
E
LST
PRI2QU
E
LBFD-0
0300201
/
TDLBF
D-00300
201
DiffServ
QoS
Support
Meaning: Indicates the lowest priority of queue 3. If
the DSCP value of a service packet is smaller than the
PRI2 value but greater than or equal to this parameter
value, the service packet is assigned to queue 3.
GUI Value Range: 0~63
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~63Default Value: 24
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 10 Parameters
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
181
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 188/210
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
RSCGR
PALG
TCSW SET
RSCGR
PALG
LST
RSCGR
PALG
LOFD-0
0301101
/
TDLOF
D-00301
101
LOFD-0
0301102
/
TDLOF
D-00301
102
Transpo
rt
Overboo
king
Transpo
rt
Differen
tiated
Flow
Control
Meaning:
Indicates whether to enable the backpressure
algorithm of a transmission resource group.
The BS monitors the data buffered in the queues of
each transmission resource group, determines whether
the transmission resource group is congested, and
transmits the backpressure signals (number and
congestion status of the transmission resource group)
to each flow control service.
If the number of data packets in the buffer of any
backpressure queue exceeds 75% of the queue
capacity, the BS regards this transmission resourcegroup as congested and transmits congestion signals.
If the buffered back-pressure packets are less than
50% of the total buffer capacity, the BS decides that
the transmission resource group is not congested. In
this situation, no congestion signal or congestion
release signal is transmitted.
When this parameter is set to ENABLE, both intra-
mode and inter-mode traffic controls are supported.
The inter-mode traffic control for transmission
resource groups applies only to separate-MPT base
stations with co-transmission implemented through
backplane interconnection. However, it does not apply
to cascaded base stations, base stations with co-
transmission implemented through panel
interconnection, or base stations enabled with route
load sharing.
When the inter-mode traffic control function is
enabled for a separate-MPT base station with co-
transmission implemented through backplane
interconnection, the Tunnel Type parameter must be
set to DL(DL) for the tunnel of the mode providingtransmission ports and must be set to UL(UL) for the
tunnel of the mode providing no transmission port.
GUI Value Range: DISABLE(Disable),
ENABLE(Enable)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: DISABLE, ENABLE
Default Value: ENABLE(Enable)
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 10 Parameters
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
182
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 189/210
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
RSCGR
PALG
CTTH SET
RSCGR
PALG
LST
RSCGR
PALG
LOFD-0
0301101
/
TDLOF
D-00301
101
LOFD-0
0301102
/
TDLOF
D-00301
102
Transpo
rt
Overboo
king
Transpo
rt
Differen
tiated
Flow
Control
Meaning: Indicates the congestion time threshold of a
transmission resource group. When TCSW is set to
ENABLE, if the buffer time of non-real-time service
data in a transmission resource group exceeds the
threshold, it indicates that the transmission resource
group is congested and the backpressure signals are
transmitted.
GUI Value Range: 0~500
Unit: ms
Actual Value Range: 0~500
Default Value: 50
RSCGR
PALG
DROPP
KTNU
M
SET
RSCGR
PALG
LST
RSCGR
PALG
LOFD-0
0301102
/
TDLOF
D-00301
102
Transpo
rt
Differen
tiated
Flow
Control
Meaning: Indicates the number threshold of discarded
packets. This parameter indicates the capability of the
queue in a transmission resource group to buffer
packets. A greater parameter value indicates a
stronger capability. If this parameter is set to 0, the
queue in a transmission resource group cannot buffer
packets, and thus all the delayed packets on the TX
channel are discarded. The number threshold of
discarded packets determines the maximum amount of
data that can be buffered in a transmission resource
group. The congestion time threshold of a
transmission resource group determines the amount of data that is buffered when the transmission resource
group is congested. Ensure that the maximum amount
of data that can be buffered is not less than the amount
of data that is buffered during congestion.
GUI Value Range: 0~8192
Unit: packet
Actual Value Range: 0~8192
Default Value: 1000
RSCGR
PALG
CCTTH SET
RSCGR PALG
LST
RSCGR
PALG
LOFD-0
0301101/
TDLOF
D-00301
101
LOFD-0
0301102
/
TDLOF
D-00301
102
Transpo
rtOverboo
king
Transpo
rt
Differen
tiated
Flow
Control
Meaning: Indicates the congestion clear time
threshold of a transmission resource group. WhenTCSW is set to ENABLE, if the buffer time of non-
real-time service data in a transmission resource group
is below the threshold, it indicates that the
transmission resource group is not congested and
therefore the congestion clear signals are transmitted.
GUI Value Range: 0~500
Unit: ms
Actual Value Range: 0~500
Default Value: 25
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 10 Parameters
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
183
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 190/210
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
ENodeB
AlgoSwi
tch
TrmSwit
ch
MOD
ENODE
BALGO
SWITC
H
LST
ENODE
BALGO
SWITC
H
LOFD-0
0301102
/
TDLOF
D-00301
102
Transpo
rt
Differen
tiated
Flow
Control
Meaning:
Indicates the switch for uplink flow control over the
air interface. If this switch is on, the scheduling
algorithm is notified to limit the uplink data rate of
UEs in the case of uplink congestion. This method
prevents uplink congestion in the eNodeB, but may
affect fairness and differentiation for combined
services. If this switch is off, the scheduling algorithm
is not notified and therefore no rate restriction is
applied to uplink data from UEs in the case of uplink
congestion. In this case, uplink congestion may occur
in the eNodeB, but fairness and differentiation for
combined services are ensured.
A UE is considered to have combined services if the
UE has two or more flow-controllable non-GBR
bearers. Fairness and differentiation for combined
services of a UE are ensured if the uplink scheduling
algorithm allocates bandwidths to these flow-
controllable non-GBR bearers based on weighting
factors for uplink scheduling priorities
(UlschPriorityFactor). If this switch is on, the
scheduling algorithm is notified to limit the number of
resource blocks (RBs) allocated to the UE in the case
of uplink congestion. According to the relatedspecifications, however, the scheduling algorithm
cannot decide how many RBs to be allocated to each
bearer. The number of RBs that each non-GBR bearer
can use is determined based on the prioritized bit rates
(PBRs) and priorities of the associated logical
channels rather than based on UlschPriorityFactor. As
a result, if this switch is on, fairness and
differentiation for combined services of a UE may be
affected.
GUI Value Range: UlUuFlowCtrlSwitch(UU flow
control switch)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: UlUuFlowCtrlSwitch
Default Value: UlUuFlowCtrlSwitch:Off
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 10 Parameters
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
184
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 191/210
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
RSCGR
PALG
PLRDT
H
SET
RSCGR
PALG
LST
RSCGR
PALG
LOFD-0
0301202
/
TDLOF
D-00301
202
Transpo
rt
Dynami
c Flow
Control
Meaning: Indicates the rate downsizing packet loss
rate threshold for bandwidth adjustment. When
RXBWASW or TXBWASW is set to ON, the
estimated available transport bandwidth is reduced if
the packet loss rate detected through IP Performance
Monitoring (IP PM) is higher than this threshold. If
the packet loss rate detected through IP PM is lower
than this threshold, the estimated available transport
bandwidth is increased.
GUI Value Range: 0~1000
Unit: per mill
Actual Value Range: 0~1000Default Value: 1
RSCGR
PALG
DDTH SET
RSCGR
PALG
LST
RSCGR
PALG
LOFD-0
0301202
/
TDLOF
D-00301
202
Transpo
rt
Dynami
c Flow
Control
Meaning: Indicates the threshold for delay variation
due to rate reduction. When RXBWASW or
TXBWASW is set to ON, the estimated available
transport bandwidth is reduced if the delay variation
detected by an IP PM session is above this
threshold.The UMTS currently does not support this
function.
GUI Value Range: 0~10000
Unit: ms
Actual Value Range: 0~10000
Default Value: 50
IPPATH
RT
TRANR
SCTYP
E
ADD
IPPATH
RT
DSP
IPPATH
RT
LST
IPPATHRT
LOFD-0
03016 /
TDLOF
D-00301
6
Differen
t
Transpo
rt Paths
based on
QoS
Grade
Meaning: Indicates the type of transport resource
carried on an IP path route. The value HQ indicates
high-quality transport resources, and the value LQ
indicates low-quality transport resources.
GUI Value Range: HQ(High Quality), LQ(Low
Quality)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: HQ, LQ
Default Value: None
UDTPA
RAGRP
PRIMP
TLOAD
TH
ADD
UDTPA
RAGRP
MOD
UDTPA
RAGRP
LST
UDTPA
RAGRP
None None Meaning: Indicates the primary port load threshold of
the user data in the hybrid transmission scenario. A
larger value indicates that services are more likely to
be admitted to the primary path.
GUI Value Range: 0~100
Unit: %
Actual Value Range: 0~100
Default Value: None
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 10 Parameters
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
185
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 192/210
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
UDTPA
RAGRP
PRIM2S
ECPTL
OADRA
TH
ADD
UDTPA
RAGRP
MOD
UDTPA
RAGRP
LST
UDTPA
RAGRP
None None Meaning: Indicates the primary-to-secondary port load
ratio threshold of user data in the hybrid transmission
scenario. A smaller value indicates that services are
more likely to be admitted to the primary path.
GUI Value Range: 0~1000
Unit: %
Actual Value Range: 0~1000
Default Value: None
Standard
Qci
DlschPri
orityFac
tor
MOD
STAND
ARDQCI
LST
STAND
ARDQC
I
LOFD-0
0101502
/TDLOF
D-00101
502
Dynami
c
Scheduling
Meaning: Indicates the weight factor used in the
calculation of connection priorities during downlink
scheduling.
GUI Value Range: 1~1000
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0.001~1, step:0.001
Default Value: 700
Extende
dQci
DlschPri
orityFac
tor
ADD
EXTEN
DEDQC
I
MOD
EXTEN
DEDQC
I
LST
EXTEN
DEDQC
I
LOFD-0
0101502
/
TDLOF
D-00101
502
Dynami
c
Scheduli
ng
Meaning: Indicates the weight factor used in the
calculation of connection priorities during downlink
scheduling.
GUI Value Range: 1~1000
Unit: NoneActual Value Range: 0.001~1, step:0.001
Default Value: 700
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 10 Parameters
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
186
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 193/210
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
RSCGR
P
RSCGR
PID
ADD
RSCGR
P
DSP
RSCGR
P
MOD
RSCGR
P
RMV
RSCGR
PLST
RSCGR
P
WRFD-
0213040
6
LOFD-0
03011 /
TDLOF
D-00301
1
GBFD-1
18605
Transmi
ssion
Recours
e
Sharing
on
Iub/Iur
Interface
Enhance
d
Transmi
ssion
QoS
Manage
ment
IP QOS
Meaning: Indicates the ID of a transmission resource
group. When you add a PPP link, an MP group, an
Ethernet port, an Ethernet trunk, a tunnel, or a PPPoE
link, the system automatically creates a corresponding
transmission resource group with Transmission
Resource Group ID set to DEFAULTPORT. When you
remove any of the preceding objects, the system
automatically removes this transmission resource
group.
GUI Value Range: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12,
13, 14, 15, DEFAULTPORT(Default Port)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11,
12, 13, 14, 15, DEFAULTPORT
Default Value: None
RSCGR
P
OID ADD
RSCGR
P
LST
RSCGR
P
None None Meaning: Indicates the index of the operator. This
parameter is used to differentiate between operators.
This parameter is reserved for future extension and
does not take effect currently.
GUI Value Range: 0~5
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~5
Default Value: 0
IPPATH PATHID ADD
IPPATH
DSP
IPPATH
LST
IPPATH
MOD
IPPATH
RMV
IPPATH
WRFD-
050402
GBFD-1
18601
GBFD-1
18611
IP
Transmi
ssion
Introduc
tion on
Iub
Interface
Abisover IP
Abis IP
over
E1/T1
Meaning: Indicates the ID of an IP path.
GUI Value Range: 0~65535
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~65535
Default Value: None
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 10 Parameters
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
187
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 194/210
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
IPPATH IPMUX
SWITC
H
ADD
IPPATH
MOD
IPPATH
DSP
IPPATH
LST
IPPATH
WRFD-
050420
GBFD-1
18604
FP
MUX
for IP
Transmi
ssion
Abis
MUX
Meaning: Indicates whether the IPMUX function is
enabled on IP paths. The LTE currently does not
support this function.
GUI Value Range: DISABLE(Disable),
ENABLE(Enable)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: DISABLE, ENABLE
Default Value: DISABLE(Disable)
UDTPA
RAGRP
PRIMT
RANRS
CTYPE
ADD
UDTPA
RAGRPMOD
UDTPA
RAGRP
LST
UDTPA
RAGRP
None None Meaning: Indicates the type of primary transport
resource used to transmit the user date when hybrid
transmission is adopted. HQ indicates that high-quality transport resources are used, while LQ
indicates that low-quality transport resources are used.
When a new service requests admission and admission
control is performed, one of the IP path routes with
transport resources of the same quality is used as the
primary transport path.
GUI Value Range: HQ(High Quality), LQ(Low
Quality)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: HQ, LQ
Default Value: None
EP2RSC
GRP
ENDPO
INTID
ADD
EP2RSC
GRP
RMV
EP2RSC
GRP
LST
EP2RSC
GRP
WRFD-
050402
GBFD-1
18601
LOFD-0
02004 /
TDLOF
D-00200
4
IP
Transmi
ssion
Introduc
tion on
Iub
Interface
Abis
over IP
Self-
configur
ation
Meaning: Indicates the end point group or user plane
peer that needs to be added to the specified
transmission resource group.
GUI Value Range: 0~65535
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~65535
Default Value: None
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 10 Parameters
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
188
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 195/210
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
EP2RSC
GRP
RSCGR
PID
ADD
EP2RSC
GRP
RMV
EP2RSC
GRP
LST
EP2RSC
GRP
WRFD-
050402
GBFD-1
18601
LOFD-0
02004 /
TDLOF
D-00200
4
IP
Transmi
ssion
Introduc
tion on
Iub
Interface
Abis
over IP
Self-
configur
ation
Meaning: Indicates the ID of the transmission
resource group to which a node maps.
GUI Value Range: 0~15
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~15
Default Value: None
IPPATH
RT
SRCIP ADD
IPPATH
RT
DSP
IPPATH
RT
RMV
IPPATH
RT
LSTIPPATH
RT
LOFD-0
03016 /
TDLOF
D-00301
6
Differen
t
Transpo
rt Paths
based on
QoS
Grade
Meaning: Indicates the source IP address of an IP path
route. The source IP address must be the same as the
configured device IP address.
GUI Value Range: Valid IP address
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: Valid IP address
Default Value: None
IPPATH
RT
DSTIP ADD
IPPATH
RT
DSP
IPPATH
RT
RMV
IPPATH
RT
LST
IPPATH
RT
LOFD-0
03016 /
TDLOF
D-00301
6
Differen
t
Transpo
rt Paths
based on
QoS
Grade
Meaning: Indicates the destination IP address of an IP
path route.
GUI Value Range: Valid IP address
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: Valid IP address
Default Value: None
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 10 Parameters
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
189
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 196/210
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
IPPATH
RT
NEXTH
OPIP
ADD
IPPATH
RT
DSP
IPPATH
RT
LST
IPPATH
RT
LOFD-0
03016 /
TDLOF
D-00301
6
Differen
t
Transpo
rt Paths
based on
QoS
Grade
Meaning: Indicates the next hop IP address of an IP
path route. The next hop IP address and the
configured device IP address must be on the same
network segment, but cannot be the same.
GUI Value Range: Valid IP address
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: Valid IP address
Default Value: None
LR LRSW SET LR
LST LR
WRFD-
050402
LOFD-0
0301101
/
TDLOF
D-00301
101
LOFD-0
0301102
/
TDLOF
D-00301
102
GBFD-1
18605
IP
Transmi
ssionIntroduc
tion on
Iub
Interface
Transpo
rt
Overboo
king
Transpo
rt
Differentiated
Flow
Control
IP QOS
Meaning: Indicates the switch for limiting the line rate
at the port.
GUI Value Range: DISABLE(Disable),
ENABLE(Enable)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: DISABLE, ENABLE
Default Value: DISABLE(Disable)
PRI2QU
E
PRI0 SET
PRI2QU
E
LST
PRI2QU
E
LBFD-0
0300201
/
TDLBF
D-00300
201
DiffServ
QoS
Support
Meaning: Indicates the lowest priority of queue 0. If
the Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) value
of a service packet is greater than or equal to this
parameter value, the service packet is assigned to
queue 0.
GUI Value Range: 0~63Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~63
Default Value: 48
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 10 Parameters
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
190
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 197/210
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
PRI2QU
E
PRI1 SET
PRI2QU
E
LST
PRI2QU
E
LBFD-0
0300201
/
TDLBF
D-00300
201
DiffServ
QoS
Support
Meaning: Indicates the lowest priority of queue 1. If
the DSCP value of a service packet is smaller than the
PRI0 value but greater than or equal to this parameter
value, the service packet is assigned to queue 1.
GUI Value Range: 0~63
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~63
Default Value: 40
PRI2QU
E
PRI2 SET
PRI2QU
ELST
PRI2QU
E
LBFD-0
0300201
/TDLBF
D-00300
201
DiffServ
QoS
Support
Meaning: Indicates the lowest priority of queue 2. If
the DSCP value of a service packet is smaller than the
PRI1 value but greater than or equal to this parameter value, the service packet is assigned to queue 2.
GUI Value Range: 0~63
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~63
Default Value: 32
PRI2QU
E
PRI4 SET
PRI2QU
E
LST
PRI2QUE
LBFD-0
0300201
/
TDLBF
D-00300201
DiffServ
QoS
Support
Meaning: Indicates the lowest priority of queue 4. If
the DSCP value of a service packet is smaller than the
PRI3 value but greater than or equal to this parameter
value, the service packet is assigned to queue 4.
GUI Value Range: 0~63
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~63
Default Value: 16
PRI2QU
E
PRI5 SET
PRI2QU
E
LST
PRI2QU
E
LBFD-0
0300201
/
TDLBF
D-00300
201
DiffServ
QoS
Support
Meaning: Indicates the lowest priority of queue 5. If
the DSCP value of a service packet is smaller than the
PRI4 value but greater than or equal to this parameter
value, the service packet is assigned to queue 5.
GUI Value Range: 0~63
Unit: NoneActual Value Range: 0~63
Default Value: 8
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 10 Parameters
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
191
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 198/210
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
PRI2QU
E
PRI6 SET
PRI2QU
E
LST
PRI2QU
E
LBFD-0
0300201
/
TDLBF
D-00300
201
DiffServ
QoS
Support
Meaning: Indicates the lowest priority of queue 6. If
the DSCP value of a service packet is smaller than the
PRI5 value but greater than or equal to this parameter
value, the service packet is assigned to queue 6.
GUI Value Range: 0~63
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~63
Default Value: 0
eNodeB
Path
IpPathId ADD
ENODE
BPATHLST
ENODE
BPATH
MOD
ENODE
BPATH
RMV
ENODE
BPATH
LBFD-0
0300101
/TDLBF
D-00300
101
LBFD-0
0300102
/
TDLBF
D-00300
102
LBFD-0
0300103
/
TDLBF
D-00300
103
LOFD-0
01018 /
TDLOF
D-00101
8
Star
Topolog
yChain
Topolog
y
Tree
Topolog
y
S1-flex
Meaning: Indicates the ID of the IP path.
GUI Value Range: 0~65535
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~65535
Default Value: None
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 10 Parameters
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
192
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 199/210
MO Parameter ID
MMLCommand
FeatureID
FeatureName
Description
eNodeB
Path
AppTyp
e
ADD
ENODE
BPATH
MOD
ENODE
BPATH
LST
ENODE
BPATH
LBFD-0
0300101
/
TDLBF
D-00300
101
LBFD-0
0300102
/
TDLBF
D-00300
102
LBFD-0
0300103
/
TDLBF
D-00300
103
LOFD-0
01018 /
TDLOF
D-00101
8
Star
Topolog
y
Chain
Topolog
y
Tree
Topolog
y
S1-flex
Meaning: Indicates the application type of the IP path.
GUI Value Range: S1(S1), X2(X2)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: S1, X2
Default Value: None
eNodeB
Path
S1Interf
aceId
ADD
ENODE
BPATH
MOD
ENODE
BPATH
LST
ENODE
BPATH
LBFD-0
0300101
/
TDLBF
D-00300
101
LBFD-0
0300102
/
TDLBF
D-00300
102
LBFD-0
0300103
/
TDLBF
D-00300
103
LOFD-0
01018 /
TDLOF
D-00101
8
Star
Topolog
y
Chain
Topolog
y
Tree
Topolog
y
S1-flex
Meaning: Indicates the S1 interface ID of the IP path.
This parameter is unavilable in this version, it is
recommended to be set as 0.
GUI Value Range: 0~31
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~31
Default Value: None
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 10 Parameters
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
193
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 200/210
11 Counters
Table 11-1 Counters
Counter ID Counter Name CounterDescription
Feature ID Feature Name
1526728284 L.E-
RAB.AbnormRel.C
ong
Number of
abnormal releases
of activated E-
RABs due to
network congestion
Multi-mode: None
GSM: None
UMTS: None
LTE:
LBFD-002008
TDLBFD-002008
LBFD-002024
TDLBFD-002024
LOFD-00102901
TDLOFD-0010290
1
Radio Bearer
Management
Radio Bearer
Management
Congestion Control
Congestion Control
Radio/transport
resource pre-emption
Radio/transport
resource pre-
emption
1526728444 L.Cell.UserLimit.Pr
eEmp.Num
Number of
successful
preemptions
triggered due to
user limitation
Multi-mode: None
GSM: None
UMTS: None
LTE:
LOFD-00102901
TDLOFD-0010290
1
Radio/transport
resource pre-
emption
Radio/transport
resource pre-
emption
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 11 Counters
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
194
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 201/210
Counter ID Counter Name CounterDescription
Feature ID Feature Name
1526729495 L.E-
RAB.AbnormRel.C
ong.PLMN
Number of
abnormal releases
of activated E-
RABs because of
network congestion
for a specific
operator
Multi-mode: None
GSM: NoneUMTS: None
LTE:
LBFD-002008
TDLBFD-002008
LBFD-002024
TDLBFD-002024
LOFD-00102901
TDLOFD-0010290
1
LOFD-001036
LOFD-001037
TDLOFD-001036
TDLOFD-001037
LOFD-070206
Radio Bearer
Management
Radio Bearer
Management
Congestion Control
Congestion Control
Radio/transport
resource pre-
emption
Radio/transport
resource pre-
emption
RAN Sharing with
Common Carrier
RAN Sharing with
Dedicated Carrier
RAN Sharing with
Common Carrier
RAN Sharing with
Dedicated Carrier
Hybrid RAN
Sharing
1526729912 L.E-
RAB.AbnormRel.C
ong.PreEmp
Number of
abnormal releases
of activated E-
RABs because of
radio resource
preemption
Multi-mode: None
GSM: None
UMTS: None
LTE:
LBFD-002008
TDLBFD-002008
LBFD-002024
TDLBFD-002024
LOFD-00102901
TDLOFD-0010290
1
Radio Bearer
Management
Radio Bearer
Management
Congestion Control
Congestion Control
Radio/transport
resource pre-
emption
Radio/transport
resource pre-
emption
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 11 Counters
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
195
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 202/210
Counter ID Counter Name CounterDescription
Feature ID Feature Name
1526729923 L.E-
RAB.AbnormRel.C
ong.VoIP
Number of
abnormal releases
of activated E-
RABs for voice
services because of
radio network
congestion
Multi-mode: None
GSM: NoneUMTS: None
LTE:
LBFD-002008
TDLBFD-002008
LBFD-002024
TDLBFD-002024
LOFD-00102901
TDLOFD-0010290
1
Radio Bearer
Management
Radio Bearer
Management
Congestion Control
Congestion Control
Radio/transport
resource pre-
emption
Radio/transport
resource pre-
emption
1526729926 L.E-
RAB.AbnormRel.C
ong.PreEmp.VoIP
Number of
abnormal releases
of activated E-
RABs for voice
services because of
radio resource
preemption
Multi-mode: None
GSM: None
UMTS: None
LTE:
LBFD-002008
TDLBFD-002008
LBFD-002024
TDLBFD-002024
LOFD-00102901
TDLOFD-0010290
1
Radio Bearer
Management
Radio Bearer
Management
Congestion Control
Congestion Control
Radio/transport
resource pre-
emption
Radio/transportresource pre-
emption
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 11 Counters
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
196
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 203/210
Counter ID Counter Name CounterDescription
Feature ID Feature Name
1526729931 L.E-
RAB.AbnormRel.C
ong.PreEmp.PLMN
Number of
abnormal releases
of activated E-
RABs because of
radio resource
preemption for a
specific operator
Multi-mode: None
GSM: NoneUMTS: None
LTE:
LBFD-002008
TDLBFD-002008
LOFD-001036
LOFD-001037
TDLOFD-001036
TDLOFD-001037
LOFD-070206
LBFD-002024
TDLBFD-002024
LOFD-00102901
TDLOFD-0010290
1
Radio Bearer
Management
Radio Bearer
Management
RAN Sharing with
Common Carrier
RAN Sharing with
Dedicated Carrier
RAN Sharing with
Common Carrier
RAN Sharing with
Dedicated Carrier
Hybrid RAN
Sharing
Congestion Control
Congestion Control
Radio/transport
resource pre-
emption
Radio/transport
resource pre-
emption
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 11 Counters
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
197
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 204/210
Counter ID Counter Name CounterDescription
Feature ID Feature Name
1526729942 L.E-
RAB.AbnormRel.C
ong.VoIP.PLMN
Number of
abnormal releases
of activated E-
RABs for voice
services because of
radio network
congestion for a
specific operator
Multi-mode: None
GSM: NoneUMTS: None
LTE:
LBFD-002008
TDLBFD-002008
LOFD-001036
LOFD-001037
TDLOFD-001036
TDLOFD-001037
LOFD-070206
LBFD-002024
TDLBFD-002024
LOFD-00102901
TDLOFD-0010290
1
Radio Bearer
Management
Radio Bearer
Management
RAN Sharing with
Common Carrier
RAN Sharing with
Dedicated Carrier
RAN Sharing with
Common Carrier
RAN Sharing with
Dedicated Carrier
Hybrid RAN
Sharing
Congestion Control
Congestion Control
Radio/transport
resource pre-
emption
Radio/transport
resource pre-
emption
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 11 Counters
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
198
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 205/210
Counter ID Counter Name CounterDescription
Feature ID Feature Name
1526729947 L.E-
RAB.AbnormRel.C
ong.PreEmp.VoIP.P
LMN
Number of
abnormal releases
of activated E-
RABs for voice
services because of
radio resource
preemption for a
specific operator
Multi-mode: None
GSM: NoneUMTS: None
LTE:
LBFD-002008
TDLBFD-002008
LOFD-001036
LOFD-001037
TDLOFD-001036
TDLOFD-001037
LOFD-070206
LBFD-002024
TDLBFD-002024
LOFD-00102901
TDLOFD-0010290
1
Radio Bearer
Management
Radio Bearer
Management
RAN Sharing with
Common Carrier
RAN Sharing with
Dedicated Carrier
RAN Sharing with
Common Carrier
RAN Sharing with
Dedicated Carrier
Hybrid RAN
Sharing
Congestion Control
Congestion Control
Radio/transport
resource pre-
emption
Radio/transport
resource pre-
emption
1526736866 L.Cell.UserSpec.Pr
epEmp.PrepAtt.Nu
m
Number of times
preemptions are
triggered by the
limitation of the UE
number
specification
Multi-mode: None
GSM: None
UMTS: None
LTE:
LBFD-002023
TDLBFD-002023
LOFD-00102901
TDLOFD-0010290
1
Admission Control
Admission Control
Radio/transport
resource pre-
emption
Radio/transport
resource pre-
emption
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 11 Counters
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
199
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 206/210
Counter ID Counter Name CounterDescription
Feature ID Feature Name
1526736867 L.Cell.UserLic.Lim
it.Num.PLMN
Number of times
the licensed number
of UEs is limited
for a specific
operator
Multi-mode: None
GSM: NoneUMTS: None
LTE:
LBFD-002023
TDLBFD-002023
LOFD-00102901
TDLOFD-0010290
1
LOFD-001036
LOFD-070206TDLOFD-001036
Admission Control
Admission ControlRadio/transport
resource pre-
emption
Radio/transport
resource pre-
emption
RAN Sharing with
Common Carrier
Hybrid RAN
Sharing
RAN Sharing with
Common Carrier
1526736868 L.Cell.UserLic.Prep
Emp.Succ.Num.PL
MN
Number of
successful
preemptions
triggered by the
limitation of the
licensed number of
UEs for a specific
operator
Multi-mode: None
GSM: None
UMTS: None
LTE:
LBFD-002023
TDLBFD-002023
LOFD-00102901
TDLOFD-0010290
1
LOFD-001036
LOFD-070206
TDLOFD-001036
Admission Control
Admission Control
Radio/transport
resource pre-
emption
Radio/transport
resource pre-
emption
RAN Sharing with
Common Carrier
Hybrid RAN
Sharing
RAN Sharing with
Common Carrier
1526736869 L.Cell.UserLic.Lim
it.Num
Number of times
the licensed number
of UEs is limited
Multi-mode: None
GSM: None
UMTS: None
LTE:LBFD-002023
TDLBFD-002023
LOFD-00102901
TDLOFD-0010290
1
Admission Control
Admission Control
Radio/transport
resource pre-emption
Radio/transport
resource pre-
emption
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 11 Counters
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
200
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 207/210
Counter ID Counter Name CounterDescription
Feature ID Feature Name
1526736870 L.Cell.UserLic.Prep
Emp.Succ.Num
Number of
successful
preemptions
triggered by the
limitation of the
licensed number of
UEs
Multi-mode: None
GSM: NoneUMTS: None
LTE:
LBFD-002023
TDLBFD-002023
LOFD-00102901
TDLOFD-0010290
1
Admission Control
Admission ControlRadio/transport
resource pre-
emption
Radio/transport
resource pre-
emption
1542455365 VS.RscGroup.TxBy
tes
Number of bytes in
the packets
successfullytransmitted by the
resource group
Multi-mode: None
GSM:GBFD-118605
UMTS:
WRFD-050402
LTE:
LOFD-003011
TDLOFD-003011
IP QOS
IP TransmissionIntroduction on Iub
Interface
Enhanced Transport
QoS Management
Enhanced Transport
QoS Management
1542455367 VS.RscGroup.TxPk
ts
Number of packets
successfully
transmitted by the
resource group
Multi-mode: None
GSM:
GBFD-118605
UMTS:WRFD-050402
LTE:
LOFD-003011
TDLOFD-003011
IP QOS
IP Transmission
Introduction on Iub
InterfaceEnhanced Transport
QoS Management
Enhanced Transport
QoS Management
1542455369 VS.RscGroup.TxDr
opBytes
Number of bytes in
the packets
discarded by the
resource group due
to transmission
failures
Multi-mode: None
GSM:
GBFD-118605
UMTS:
WRFD-050402
LTE:
LOFD-003011
TDLOFD-003011
IP QOS
IP Transmission
Introduction on Iub
Interface
Enhanced Transport
QoS Management
Enhanced Transport
QoS Management
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 11 Counters
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
201
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 208/210
Counter ID Counter Name CounterDescription
Feature ID Feature Name
1542455371 VS.RscGroup.TxDr
opPkts
Number of packets
discarded by the
resource group due
to transmission
failures
Multi-mode: None
GSM:GBFD-118605
UMTS:
WRFD-050402
LTE:
LOFD-003011
TDLOFD-003011
IP QOS
IP TransmissionIntroduction on Iub
Interface
Enhanced Transport
QoS Management
Enhanced Transport
QoS Management
1542455375 VS.RscGroup.TxM
axSpeed
Maximum transmit
rate of the resource
group
Multi-mode: None
GSM:
GBFD-118605
UMTS:WRFD-050402
LTE:
LOFD-003011
TDLOFD-003011
IP QOS
IP Transmission
Introduction on Iub
Interface
Enhanced Transport
QoS Management
Enhanced Transport
QoS Management
1542455376 VS.RscGroup.TxMi
nSpeed
Minimum transmit
rate of the resource
group
Multi-mode: None
GSM:
GBFD-118605
UMTS:
WRFD-050402
LTE:
LOFD-003011
TDLOFD-003011
IP QOS
IP Transmission
Introduction on Iub
Interface
Enhanced TransportQoS Management
Enhanced Transport
QoS Management
1542455377 VS.RscGroup.TxM
eanSpeed
Average transmit
rate of the resource
group
Multi-mode: None
GSM:
GBFD-118605
UMTS:
WRFD-050402
LTE:
LOFD-003011TDLOFD-003011
IP QOS
IP Transmission
Introduction on Iub
Interface
Enhanced Transport
QoS Management
Enhanced TransportQoS Management
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 11 Counters
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
202
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 209/210
12 Glossary
For the acronyms, abbreviations, terms, and definitions, see Glossary.
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 12 Glossary
Issue 01 (2015-03-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential
Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
203
7/25/2019 Transport Resource Management(ERAN 8.1_01)
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/transport-resource-managementeran-8101 210/210
13 Reference Documents
1. 3GPP TS 23.401, "General Packet Radio Service (GPRS) enhancements for Evolved
eRAN
Transport Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description 13 Reference Documents